MURDOCK GROUP CAREER SATISFACTION CORP
SB-2/A, 1998-12-01
PERSONAL SERVICES
Previous: PACIFIC CORPORATE GROUP PRIVATE EQUITY FUND, N-30D, 1998-12-01
Next: URSUS TELECOM CORP, 8-K, 1998-12-01





AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 24, 1998


                      REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-65319

                             WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549



                            FORM SB-2 AMENDMENT NO.1



                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



                THE MURDOCK GROUP CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)



         UTAH                                           736104
(State or other jurisdiction of                   (Primary Standard
incorporation or organization)                   Industrial ID number)

                                   87-0562244
                    (IRS Employer Classification Code Number)


 5295 SOUTH COMMERCE DRIVE, SUITE 300,SALT LAKE CITY,UTAH 84107 / (801) 268-3232

              (Address and telephone number of principal executive
                    offices and principal place of business)

             KC HOLMES, CEO, 5295 SOUTH COMMERCE DRIVE, SUITE 300,
                SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84107 / TEL (801) 268-3232

           (Name, address, and telephone number of agent for service)


                                   Copies to:

                        STANFORD SMITH, GENERAL COUNSEL
                     5295 SOUTH COMMERCE DRIVE, SUITE 300,
                SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84107 / TEL (801) 263-5103


        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.


                                       1
<PAGE>

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933, check the following box. [X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the
Securities  Act  registration   statement   number  of  the  earlier   effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule  462(c)under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  follow  ing box and list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check
the following box. [ ]



                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Title of each class of    Amount to be           Proposed maximum         Proposed maximum          Amount of
  securities to be         registered        offering price per share  aggregate offering price    Registration
   registered                                                                                          Fee
<S>                          <C>                    <C>                    <C>                        <C>
Shares (1)                   2,500,000              $5                    $12,500,000                 $3,788
Shares (2)                     181,500              $5                       $907,500                   $275
Bonds  (3)                  $3,000,000       In increments of $1,000      $ 3,000,000                   $909
                                                                          ----------                ----------
Total                                                                     $16,407,500                 $4,972
</TABLE>


(1)  Offered by the registrant.

(2) Offered for immediate sale by shareholders of the registrant.

(3) Offered by the registrant in increments of $1,000.

The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effec tive date until the registrant shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration  statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of 1933 or  until  the  registra  tion  statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

The  registrant  will apply for  listing  of the  Shares on the Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market, if and when it meets applicable  requirements.  If we fail to meet these
standards, we plan to apply for a listing of our shares on the NASD OTC Bulletin
Board.  Copies  of the  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and other
information which the company may file can be inspected and copied at the public
reference  facilities  maintained  by the Nasdaq  Stock Market at 1735 K Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.

The company intends to distribute to its shareholders  annual reports containing
financial  statements audited by its independent  accountant  approximately five
months  after the close of each  fiscal  year,  and will  distribute  such other
periodic  reports to its shareholders as the company may deem to be appropriate,
or as may be required by law. The  company's  fiscal year ends on December 31 of
each year.

                                       2
<PAGE>

Prospectus
                                         2,681,500 Common Shares at $5 Per Share
[THE MURDOCK GROUP letterhead]
                                        $3,000,000 of Bonds in $1,000 Increments

                           Minimum Investment - $1,000

               The Murdock Group Career Satisfaction Corporation

We provide employment-related services to two types of clients:

    Individual  clients seeking to advance their careers by finding "the fastest
    way to a better job"(TM) through counseling, training, and comprehensive job
    search resources; and

    Business  clients  seeking  assistance  with  employee  recruiting,  hiring,
    training, and outplacement.

This is our initial public  offering,  consisting of 2,500,000  shares at $5 per
share for $12,500,000 and $3 million of bonds.  The Company will repay the bonds
at the end of 4 years by returning invested  principal and accumulated  interest
compounded a 15% annually In addition, four shareholders seek to sell 181,500 of
their shares.

There is currently no public market for our shares or bonds.  We do not now meet
the  requirements to list our shares for trading on the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market,
but believe  that we will meet them if the  offering is  successful.  We Plan to
apply for such listing if and when we meet the requirements.  If we fail to meet
these  standards,  we plan to apply for a listing  of our shares on the NASD OTC
Bulletin  Board.  Investing  in our shares and bonds  involves a high  degree of
risk;  you  should  purchase  only if you can  afford  a  complete  loss of your
investment. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 8.


              Item                            Explanation              Total

Public offering price of shares              $5 per share        $ 12,500,000
Public offering price of bonds          $1,000 increments        $  3,000,000
Less sales commissions                10% of sales price;
                                           $.50 per share        $  1,550,000
Net Proceeds to the company                                      $ 13,750,000
To be sold by shareholders                 181,500 shares        $    907,500

Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor  any  state  securities
commission  has approved or disapproved  these  securities or determined if this
prospectus  is truthful or  complete.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

We  are  making  this  offering  through  our  own  officers,  and  seeking  the
participation of NASD-licensed  selling agents on a "best efforts" basis.  These
agents are not  required to sell any  specific  number of shares or bonds.  This
offering  will  continue  until  subscriptions  for all  shares  and  bonds  are
received,  until 9 months  from the  effective  date of the  offering  (November
1999), or until we terminate the offering,  whichever  first occurs.  We reserve
the right to reject any subscription in full or in part for any reason.

The  information in this  prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may
not sell  these  securities  until the  registration  statement  filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to  sell  these  securities  and it is not  soliciting  an  offer  to buy  these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

                          Prospectus dated __________


                                       3
<PAGE>
                           Notices About This Offering


This prospectus contains the important facts about these securities.  You should
not rely on any other information or claims.

In addition  to  registering  with the  Commission,  we have filed  registration
materials in the  following  states:  Arizona,  California,  Colorado,  Florida,
Idaho,  Illinois,  Nevada, New Mexico,  Oregon,  Texas, Utah,  Washington,  West
Virginia, Wyoming.

If you live in another state, you may not purchase these securities  during this
offering. You may, however, be able to purchase the shares from your stockbroker
if the shares are listed for public trading after the offering is complete.

Because the shares have not been publicly  traded before this offering,  we have
arbitrarily  determined the offering price. We cannot  guarantee that any active
trading market will exist after the offering.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                Table Of Contents

Offering Overview ....................................................6

Risk Factors .........................................................8

Use of Proceeds .....................................................18

Capitalization ......................................................20

Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations .......................21

The Company..........................................................26

Business Operations..................................................27

Management...........................................................34

The Shares...........................................................39

The Bonds............................................................42

Plan of Distribution.................................................43

Experts  ............................................................46

Additional Information...............................................46

Financial Statements.................................................47

Subscription Agreement...............................................


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                Offering Overview

The table below  contains a very brief outline of the  information  contained in
this prospectus. Please read the entire prospectus before you decide whether and
how much to invest in our shares.

                The Company     The   Murdock    Group    Career    Satisfaction
                                Corporation  is a Utah  corporation.  We plan to
                                expand     rapidly,     establishing     offices
                                coast-to-coast  over the next two  decades.  See
                                "The Company."

               Our Business     We  provide   employment-related   services   to
                                individuals   and  companies.   We  "popularize"
                                career  advancement  through radio and newspaper
                                advertising, target mid-level professionals, and
                                offer  financing to our clients.  See  "Business
                                Operations."

                     Shares     We offer 2,500,000  shares at $5 per share.  The
                                shares offered are Class A common voting shares,
                                the only class of shares currently outstanding.
                                See "The Shares."

                      Bonds     We offer $3  million in bonds in  increments  of
                                $1,000.  Bonds  mature  in  4  years,  when  the
                                principal   plus  interest  at  15%   compounded
                                annually will be paid.  The bonds are unsecured,
                                and may be prepaid  by the  company at any time.
                                No  sinking   fund  will  be   established   for
                                repayment of the bonds. See "The Bonds."

       Selling Shareholders     Four of our  current  shareholders  (KC  Holmes,
                                CEO;  Heather  Stone,  President;  Brad Stewart,
                                Chief  Financial  Officer;  and Stanford  Smith,
                                in-house  General  Counsel) are offering 181,500
                                of  their  own  shares  for sale as part of this
                                offering. If all of these shares are sold, these
                                officers will receive $726,000 907,500,  (less a
                                pro rata share of sales commissions and offering
                                expenses).  These  shares  will be sold pro rata
                                with the  company's  shares  until  such time as
                                1,000,000   company   shares   have  been  sold,
                                whereupon   all   unsold   shares   of   selling
                                shareholders will be sold before sale of company
                                shares recommences. See "Plan of Distribution."

    Sales of Shares & Bonds     We are  making  this  offering  through  our own
                                officers,   and  seeking  the  participation  of
                                NASD-licensed   selling   agents,   on  a  "best
                                efforts"  basis.  There  will be no  stabilizing
                                transactions. See "Plan of Distribution."

        Risks of Investment     There  are  substantial  risks  involved  in  an
                                investment  in  the  company.  These  risks  are
                                related   to  our   business   operations,   our
                                financial  condition,  our  management,  and our
                                shares and bonds. See "Risk Factors."

             Voting control     Our officers and  directors  currently own 83.83
                                86.32%  of  total   outstanding   shares,   (not
                                including  treasury  shares).   If  all  offered
                                shares are sold, this percentage will be reduced
                                to 63.12 66.29%,  but our officers and directors
                                will still be able to control company policy and
                                perpetuate   themselves   in   management.   See
                                "Management."

                  Dividends     We plan to reinvest all profits,  if any, in the
                                company  for a period  of at  least 5 years.  No
                                dividends will be paid during this period.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                   Dilution     The  book  value  per  share on the date of this
                                prospectus  is (.5652).  Investors in the shares
                                will pay $5 per  share  for  22.75%  of  company
                                ownership,    (if   all    shares   are   sold),
                                experiencing   dilution   of  88.6%.   See  "The
                                Shares."

            Use of Proceeds     We will spend the  proceeds of this  offering to
                                open several  offices in the Western States over
                                the next 12 months, retire and restructure debt,
                                and meet normal operating expenses.  There is no
                                minimum  amount  which must be raised  before we
                                will begin  spending the  proceeds.  See "Use of
                                Offering Proceeds."

             Trading Market     Our shares are not currently  listed for trading
                                on any exchange. If this offering is successful,
                                we will  apply to list our  shares on the Nasdaq
                                SmallCap Market,  subject to meeting  applicable
                                requirements,  but  cannot  guarantee  that  our
                                application will be approved. If we fail to meet
                                these standards,  we plan to apply for a listing
                                of our  shares on the NASD OTC  Bulletin  Board.
                                Our proposed  trading  symbol is "JOBS." We will
                                not seek to list the bonds for trading. See "The
                                Shares."

        Financial Condition     Detailed  audited  financial  statements are set
                                forth  in the  section  "Financial  Statements."
                                They include a "going concern"  footnote because
                                we have incurred  substantial  operating  losses
                                since  inception.  We believe we are  overcoming
                                losses by moving  Salt Lake City  staff to other
                                offices,  allocating  infrastructure  investment
                                across multiple  locations,  reducing charge-off
                                expense,  and  reducing  interest  expense.  Our
                                ratio of earnings  to fixed  charges is (3.5):1.
                                See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of
                                Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

              Annual Report     We will send  purchasers of our shares and bonds
                                an annual report  containing  audited  financial
                                statements  approximately  five months after the
                                close of each fiscal year.

          Reporting Company     We  will  file  quarterly,   annual,  and  other
                                reports   with  the   Securities   and  Exchange
                                Commission as required by the  Securities  laws.
                                These reports will be available on our web site,
                                www.themurdockgroup.com.

            Offering Period     This offering will continue until  subscriptions
                                for all shares and bonds are  received,  until 9
                                months from the effective  date of the offering,
                                or until we terminate  the  offering,  whichever
                                event first occurs. See "Plan of Distribution."

         Transfer Agent and     The transfer  agent and registrar for our shares
                  Registrar     is Interwest  Transfer  Company,  Inc.,  at 1981
                                East Murray Holladay Road,  Suite 100, Salt Lake
                                City,  Utah  84117,  phone (801)  272-9294,  fax
                                (801) 277-3147. We will act as registrar for the
                                bonds.

           How to Invest in     Send us your check and a completed  subscription
        Our Shares or Bonds     agreement  (which  you will  find Our  Shares or
                                Bonds at the back of this  prospectus),  or give
                                your  funds  and  subscription  agreement  to  a
                                broker  participating in this offering.  We will
                                mail your  shares or bonds to you or your broker
                                as requested.

          How to Contact Us     We are  located  at 5295 South  Commerce  Drive,
                                Suite  300,  Salt Lake  City,  Utah  84107.  Our
                                telephone   numbers  are  (801)   268-3232   and
                                1-888-888-0892,   the  fax   number   is   (801)
                                268-3289,    and   our   web    site   is   www.
                                Themurdockgroup.com



                                       7
<PAGE>

                                  Risk Factors

An investment in our shares or bonds  involves a high degree of risk; you should
purchase these securities only if you can afford to lose your entire investment.
Before  making a decision  to invest,  consider  carefully  the  following  risk
factors, in addition to the other information in this prospectus.


                    Risks Related to Our Business Operations


Because We Are a Relatively New Company,  We Have an Extremely Limited Operating
History Upon Which You Can Evaluate Our Prospects

Since we commenced  operations in August, 1996, we have been engaged principally
in  the  development  of  our  career-related  services  and  refinement  of our
marketing approach,  in addition to capital raising activities.  As a result, we
have an  extremely  limited  operating  history  upon which you can evaluate our
prospects. To invest, you must be willing to assume virtually all the risks of a
"startup"  company.  We have not  experienced any months of  profitability.  See
"Financial  Statements."  Until we achieve  profitability,  we are  dependent on
raising capital by sales of shares or borrowing to continue operations. You must
consider  our  prospects  in  light of the  risks,  expenses,  and  difficulties
frequently  encountered  in the  establishment  of a new business in an emerging
industry,  and in the development and  commercialization  of a new service.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."


We Must Compete Against Firms With Far Greater Resources, Experience, and Market
Share Than We Have


The employment industry is highly  competitive,  and most of our competitors are
established  companies  having far more  financial  resources,  experience,  and
market share than we do. Most companies in the employment industry are temporary
employment  agencies and recruitment firms. We work for the job seeker, who pays
us an up-front flat fee,  which may be financed.  We believe we have developed a
unique market niche by using broad-based media to promote our career advancement
and job search training services to people in the middle income range. We cannot
guarantee  that  this  business  concept  will  prove  successful.  Any  of  our
competitors,   most  of  whom  have  far  greater   resources   than  we,  might
independently develop services that are substantially  equivalent or superior to
ours.  Such  competitors  potentially  include the  nationwide  firms of Bernard
Haldane and Cornell Business  Associates (CBA).  Although we have taken steps to
protect our intellectual  property rights,  and continually  develop  innovative
services,  we believe our future success will depend primarily on our ability to
expand rapidly throughout the United States,  deterring potential competition by
establishing widespread name recognition for "The Murdock Group."


                                       8
<PAGE>

Managing Rapid Expansion May Severely Strain Our Resources


We plan to further  expand our  operations  following the offering,  which could
place a significant strain on our limited managerial, operational, and financial
resources.  Specifically,  we  anticipate  the opening of several new offices in
major cities in the Western  United States within the year following the date of
this prospectus.

We cannot be sure that we will be able to  manage  this  expansion  effectively,
that  new  employees   required  to  staff  these  offices  will  work  together
effectively,  that we can attract and retain  qualified  personnel,  or that our
systems,   procedures,  and  controls  will  be  adequate  to  support  business
operations.

We estimate that each office will require expenditures of approximately $500,000
before it can cover its own operating  costs,  but since our first branch office
in Seattle has been opened for such a short  period,  we cannot be sure of these
estimates.

Delays,  budget  overruns,  failure  to  attract  customers  in the new  market,
inability to produce sales or  successfully  deliver our services,  and numerous
other factors could keep us from generating a profit. See "Business Operations."


We May Not Be Able To Protect Our Proprietary Method of Doing Business


We rely primarily on copyright laws to protect the intellectual property used in
our  products and  services,  but we do not  register  copyrights  in any of our
materials.  We could be damaged by a significant amount of unauthorized  copying
of our products and services.

Although we are not aware that any of our products  and services are  materially
infringing  the rights of others,  it is  possible  they are. If so, we could be
forced to modify our products and  services,  possibly at  substantial  cost. We
might be subject to lawsuits  alleging  that we are  infringing  on the property
rights of others.

We have  applied  for  trademark  protection  for our  name,  the  names  of our
principal current services, and the phrase "The Fastest Way to a Better Job." It
is possible,  however,  that third parties will infringe or  misappropriate  our
registered trademarks or similar proprietary rights.

Competitors may employ a strategy of  non-meritorious  litigation as a method of
direct competition, and our limited financial resources could prove insufficient
to mount a successful defense against such tactics.


Our Computer Systems May Fail to Work in the Year 2000


Some early  mainframes and computer  programs used only the final two digits for
the year in the date field while  maintaining  the first two digits of each year
constant. As a result, some computer applications may be unable to interpret the
change  from the year 1999 to the year 2000,  commonly  referred to as the "Year
2000 Problem."

Our computer needs are met by a network of desktop  personal  computers,  and to
the  best of our  knowledge  after  substantial  testing,  none of our  software
applications will experience year 2000 problems.

                                       9
<PAGE>

We Have had Substantial Losses in the Past, and Could Again in the Future

We lost $139,780 in 1996,  $1,728,372 in 1997, and $3,271,394 during the first 9
months  of  1998.   Although   we  had  net   revenues   during  each  of  these
periods  $27,456,  $551,830 and $1,428,308  respectively,  we spent more than we
made primarily to cover the costs of research and  development  associated  with
new  intellectual  property  and  delivery of our  services.  See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

While we believe  that we can  operate  profitably  if each of our  offices  can
generate  the same  relative  revenue our Salt Lake City office has  produced in
1998 to date, we cannot be sure that our operastions will be profitable.

Our audited financial  statements  include a "going concern" footnote because we
have incurred  substantial  operating losses since inception.  We believe that a
major  contribution  of  losses  to date  were  incurred  while  developing  our
proprietary  job-search technology into a training system capable of servicing a
larger volume of customers. This system is now operating.

Our  comments  on  operating  results  are set forth in the  prospectus  section
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Conditions  and Results of
Operations."


We are Deeply in Debt and have No Certain Way of Meeting These Obligations


We have financed our operations to date primarily by borrowing  money,  often at
above  normal  rates  of  interest.   As  of  September  30,  such  debt  totals
approximately $5,968,983.  These obligations will mature over the next 60 months
beginning in May 31, 1999. See "Financial Statements."

Unless we can meet  these  obligations,  possibly  by  improving  net  earnings,
raising capital through this or other offerings,  refinancing,  or otherwise, we
may become insolvent and lose all invested capital.

Depending upon the amount of capital raised pursuant to this prospectus, we plan
to substantially reduce or eliminate these liabilities,  along with the interest
payment burdens they impose. See "Use of Proceeds."

On September 30, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $4,797,473 and a
working capital deficit of approximately $3,669,405.

We have incurred losses ever since we began business.  Such losses have resulted
principally  from  limited  operations  revenue  and costs  associated  with the
design,  development and  implementation of our services,  including general and
administrative expenses and marketing activities.

We plan to increase our level of operating expenses significantly to continue to
enhance  services  and  finance  expansion  to  additional  cities.  See "Use of
Proceeds" and "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations."


Our Clients May Be Unable or Unwilling to Make Payments They Owe To Us


A  majority  of our  clients  agree  to pay the fees  due to us by  executing  a
promissory note. To generate cash to meet our operating expenses, we generally


                                       10
<PAGE>
borrow  against  these  notes at an  average  discount  of 4%.  (See "  Business
Operations.")  These notes are for a term of 2 years, and bear interest at 19.9%
compounded annually.


We May Not Be Able To Obtain Necessary Capital in the Future


Based on current plans and assumptions  relating to our operations,  we estimate
that the net proceeds of this offering,  together with anticipated  revenue from
operations,  should be sufficient to fund our contemplated cash requirements for
approximately 12 months.

If our plans change,  our assumptions prove to be inaccurate,  or our funds from
operations  prove to be  insufficient,  we could be required to seek  additional
financing before this 12-month period is over.

Because of our plans for rapid expansion, we expect that we will need additional
capital at the end of this  12-month  period.  We have no  commitments  from any
third parties for any future  funding and cannot be sure that we will be able to
obtain financing in the future.

We cannot guarantee that sufficient funding will be available from this offering
to fund all our  development,  debt  retirement,  and  operational  needs. If we
require additional financing, we may seek such financing through bank borrowing,
debt, additional equity financing, or otherwise.

Any  additional  equity  financing  may be  dilutive to our  shareholders.  Debt
financing,  if  available,  may involve  restrictive  covenants  with respect to
dividends,  raising future capital and other financial and operational  matters.
If we cannot  obtain  additional  financing  as needed,  we may be  required  to
curtail growth plans,  significantly reduce operating costs, or cease operations
completely. See "Use of Proceeds."


                         Risks Related to Our Management


We Are Controlled by Two Major Shareholders


Even if all of the shares  offered by this  prospectus  are sold,  KC Holmes and
Heather Stone,  brother and sister,  will own over 54% of the voting stock. They
can elect all Directors, perpetuate themselves in office, and otherwise exercise
control of the company. There are no cumulative voting rights for directors. See
"Management."

                                       11
<PAGE>


Our Management Is Subject To Conflicts of Interest


Our management is subject to various  conflicts of interest arising out of their
relationship  with the company.  All  agreements  and  arrangements  between our
management and us are not the result of arms' length negotiations.

This  prospectus  was  prepared,  and an  opinion of  counsel  rendered,  by our
in-house General Counsel Stanford Smith. He is also a shareholder.


We May Not Be Able To Successfully Manage Rapid Expansion


Managing rapid expansion will pose many challenges to our business. We will face
greater overhead, increased marketing and support costs, exposure to legal risk,
and exposure to other general hazards associated with entry into new markets.

In order to manage  this  growth,  we must  improve  and  expand  our  operating
systems,  augment financial and management systems,  and hire, train, and manage
new  employees.  We may not be able to manage these changes  effectively,  which
could result in significant losses.

We cannot be certain that our expansion  plans will  succeed,  and even if we do
open more offices they may not be profitable.


Our Success Will Depend Heavily Upon the Performance of Our President and CEO


Our success  depends  primarily on the expertise and know-how of our management,
none of whom has managed a company in the employment business. See "Management."

In particular, our CEO, KC Holmes, and our President, Heather Stone, have played
a substantial  role in the  development  and  management of our business.  Their
services will be crucial for the successful management of our expansion plans.

If they leave us, or if they are unable to perform their duties, our chances for
success could be  significantly  reduced.  We do not have employment  agreements
with  them,  but we believe  that  their  ownership  stake in the  company  will
motivate them to remain with us. If this offering is  successful,  they will own
54% of our outstanding shares.


The Company Will  Indemnify  Our Officers  and  Directors to the Maximum  Extent
Permitted By Law


Our bylaws say we will  indemnify our officers and directors  against all claims
arising out of our business  operations to the maximum extent  permitted by law,
so long as there is no  intentional  wrongdoing.  The  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission and state securities  regulators believe that this provision violates
public policy and should not be enforced.

                                       12
<PAGE>

                      Risks Related to the Shares and Bonds


The Price of Our Shares Was Arbitrarily Determined By Our Board of Directors


Our share price was arbitrarily  determined by our Board of Directors based upon
its  estimate of future  operating  results,  and bears no  relationship  to our
current operating results, book value, net worth, or financial statements.

The Board considered  several factors,  including an evaluation by management of
the history of and  prospects  for the  industry  in which we  compete,  and our
prospects  for earning.  These  factors are largely  subjective,  and we make no
representation as to any objectively determinable value of the shares. We cannot
be sure that any  subsequent  purchaser  of shares  will be  willing to pay this
price or more for shares.


We Plan to Retain Any Earnings and Pay No Dividends


We have  never  declared  a  dividend  and do not  presently  intend  to pay any
dividends. Future dividends, if any, will depend on our profitability, financial
condition, capital requirements and other considerations determined by the Board
of Directors.  Any future  agreements with lenders may also restrict our ability
to pay dividends. 

We presently  intend to retain  earnings,  if any, for use in the  operation and
expansion  of the  business,  and  therefore do not  anticipate  paying any cash
dividends in the foreseeable  future.  No dividends will be paid until the bonds
are repaid, and other future debt or other covenants may restrict the payment of
dividends.


Investors In Our Shares Will Experience Immediate and Substantial Dilution


The book value of one of our shares is ($.5652)  per share as of  September  30,
1998. This figure is calculated by subtracting our liabilities  from our assets,
and dividing the  difference  by the number of shares  outstanding.  This due in
part to the fact  that  current  shareholders  paid  much less than $5 for their
shares.  If all shares offered by this  prospectus are sold, the book value will
increase to $.5690 per share.

We are asking you to pay $5 for each share you buy.  The  percentage  difference
between your $5 before the purchase of a share, and the book value of your share
immediately after purchase,  is called "dilution." If all shares offered by this
prospectus  are sold,  you will  experience  dilution  of  88.6%;  your $ 5 will
decline in value by $ 4.4310.

This means you will bear a disproportionately  larger share of any company loss,
and receive a disproportionately smaller share of any company gain. In addition,
your  proportionate  ownership  of the  company  can be  further  diluted by the
issuance of more shares at prices below what you will have paid.

We have  granted  options to certain  people to acquire  shares at less than the
public trading price, if in fact the shares become publicly tradeable.  See "The
Shares." Exercise of these options will further dilute your shares.

                                       13
<PAGE>


We Will Sell Shares to Our Employees at a Discount


We will allow our  employees  and their  immediate  families to purchase as many
shares  offered by this  prospectus  as they wish at a discount  of 10% from the
sales  price.  They will pay 4.50 per share rather than the $5 per share paid by
other  investors.  Since we will not pay any sales  commissions on these shares,
the net  proceeds to the  company  will be the same as with shares sold to other
investors.


Our Shares Will Be Sold Primarily By Our Officers


This  offering  will be sold by  company  officers.  We will  attempt to recruit
members of the National  Association  of Security  Dealers to participate in the
offering on a "best efforts" basis, but may not succeed.  Even if we are able to
recruit  brokers,  they may not be able to sell any of the shares or bonds.  See
"Plan of Distribution."


We Will Not Seek to Reduce Share Trading Price Fluctuations  Through Stabilizing
Transactions


We have not engaged anyone to stabilize,  maintain or otherwise affect the price
of shares including generating stabilizing bids.

In general,  purchases of shares for the purposes of  stabilization  could cause
the share price to be higher than it might be if no such purchases were made. In
the absence of transactions  that stabilize the price,  our share price could be
hurt by adverse market conditions. (See "Plan of Distribution.")


If Our Trading Price Drops to Less than $5 Per Share,  Market Liquidity Could Be
Reduced


If the shares  become  subject to the "penny  stock rules"  adopted  pursuant to
Section 15(g) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, our shares would probably
experience reduced levels of trading activity.  The "penny stock rules" apply to
companies  whose  shares  trade at less than $5 per share or whose  tangible net
worth is less than $5,000,000,  or ($2,000,000 if the company has been operating
for three or more years).

These rules require,  among other things,  that brokers who trade penny stock to
persons other than established  customers must complete certain documents before
any penny-stock transaction can occur.  Specifically,  the broker must determine
whether the investor can bear the potential  financial loss and must provide the
investors with SEC documentation about the risks associated with penny stocks.

Additionally,  a  broker-dealer  must provide the customer  with current bid and
offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the  broker-dealer and
its salesperson in the transaction,  and monthly account  statements showing the
market value of each penny stock held in the customer's account.

Many  broker-dealers  deem these precautions  burdensome and choose not to trade
penny  stocks.  This could result in reduced  trading  activity in the secondary
market, which might make the shares difficult or impossible to sell.

If we sell most of the  shares  offered  by this  prospectus,  we believe we can
qualify our shares for listing on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market. If we succeed, our
shares will not be subject to the penny stock rules.

                                       14
<PAGE>


You Must View an Investment In Our Shares or Bonds as a Long-Term Investment


At present there is no public  market for our shares or bonds.  Holders of these
securities may be unable to liquidate their investment in the event of emergency
or for any other reason.  These  securities  may not be acceptable as collateral
for  loans.  Consequently,  you  must  consider  the  shares  and  bonds to be a
long-term investment.

If we fail to arrange for public trading of the shares,  or sell the company for
cash or  merge  with a  non-public  company,  your  investment  may be  illiquid
indefinitely.

While we do not currently  meet the  requirements)  to have our shares listed on
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, we hope to qualify if this offering is successful.

If we fail to meet these standards, we plan to apply for a listing of our shares
on the NASD OTC Bulletin  Board.  Until any  listing,  we believe we can arrange
with an NASD  broker-dealer to provide a matching service for persons wishing to
buy or sell shares when this offering has ended.

Persons   interested  in  buying  or  selling  our  shares  would  provide  such
broker-dealer with information about the number of shares and desired price, and
the  broker-dealer  would  notify  both  sides if and when there was a match and
would assist in closing the transaction.

At  present,  however,  there  is no  agreement  between  us  and  a  registered
securities  broker-dealer.  The price of the shares after the completion of this
offering  can  vary  due to  general  economic  conditions  and  forecasts,  the
company's general business condition,  the release of our financial reports, and
sales of shares that were outstanding prior to this offering. See "The Shares."


Earlier Investors Might Sell Shares, Possibly Reducing the Trading Price


Whenever  any shares are sold,  it could  cause the price of your shares to keep
from rising, or to go down.

As of September  30, 1998,  10,488,740  shares were  outstanding.  We sold these
shares in private transactions relying on exemptions from registration under the
Securities Act. Of these shares,  2,000,000 were  repurchased by the company and
are held as treasury shares.

These  shares are all  "restricted  securities"  within the  meaning of Rule 144
(adopted  pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933),  and can be resold only after
registration,   or  compliance   with  this  rule  or  another   exemption  from
registration.  Rule 144 permits the sale of these restricted shares, but only if
all the following qualifications are met:

          They have been held for at least 1 year;

          They are sold a little  at a time (no more than the  greater  of 1% of
          the  outstanding  shares,  or the average weekly trading volume of the
          shares  during  the 4  weeks  preceding  the  sale,  within  a 3 month
          period);

          We have made current information about the company publicly available;


                                       15
<PAGE>

          The shares are sold through a broker-dealer; and

          The  seller  files  a  Form  144  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
          Commission if more than 500 shares or $10,000 of shares are sold.

Rule 144 has many other provisions, and we suggest that you discuss it with your
attorney if you have any  questions.  The 1-year  holding period has expired for
most of the currently  outstanding  shares, and the owners of these shares could
begin selling  immediately,  potentially  depressing the market price.  See "The
Shares."


We May Be Unsuccessful In Our Attempts to List Our Shares for Public Trading


There has been no public  market for the shares prior to this  offering,  and we
have not yet  applied  to list our shares  for  trading  on the Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market  because  we do not yet meet any of the  listing  requirements  set forth
below.

Although we will apply for listing of the shares on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market
at the  conclusion of this  offering,  there can be no assurance that we will be
able to qualify for this listing or that an active  public market for our shares
will  develop  or  be   sustained.   Listing   standards   include  (with  other
requirements) the following:

          $4 million in net tangible assets

          A public float of 1 million shares,  with a minimum market value of $5
          million

          A number of qualitative corporate governance requirements

If the company fails to be listed on, (or maintain  qualification for its shares
to trade on,) the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the shares could be subject to certain
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to "penny stocks." Such
rules require broker-dealers to make a suitability  determination for purchasers
and to receive the purchaser's prior written consent for a purchase transaction,
thus restricting the ability of purchasers and  broker-dealers to sell the stock
in the open market.

Nasdaq has  reserved for us the ticker  symbol  "JOBS."  This  reservation  will
expire on April 6, 1999,  unless we are successful in listing our shares by that
date.


The Trading Price of Our Shares May Be Highly Volatile


If the company's  operating  results are below the expectations of public market
analysts  and  investors,  it is  probable  that the  price of the  shares  will
decline.

The  stock  market  has  recently  experienced   significant  price  and  volume
fluctuations. These have affected the market prices of stocks of many companies,
and have often been unrelated to the operating  performance  of such  companies.
General market  fluctuations  may also adversely  affect the market price of our
shares.

Our shares may well fall below the initial public offering  price.  Factors such
as quarterly  fluctuations in financial  results,  announcements of new products
and services by us or our  competitors,  and changes in  financial  estimates by
securities  analysts,  may cause the market  price of our  shares to  fluctuate,
perhaps substantially.

                                       16
<PAGE>


Our Shares May Be Delisted from the SmallCap Market


Even if our shares initially  qualify for trading on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market,
we will have to maintain  certain minimum  financial  requirements for continued
listing.  Continued  inclusion  requires  that we  meet  the  following  minimum
requirements:

          $2  million   in  net   tangible   assets,   a  $35   million   market
          capitalization,  or net income of  $500,000  in two of the three prior
          years;

          500,000  shares in the public float valued at $1 million or more;  Two
          active market makers for the shares;

          At least 300 shareholders; and

          Other qualitative requirements.

If we are unable to meet Nasdaq's  maintenance  requirements,  our shares may be
delisted  from  Nasdaq.  If  so,  we  would  seek  to  conduct  trading  in  the
over-the-counter   markets  in  the  so-called   "pink  sheets"  or  the  NASD's
"Electronic Bulletin Board."

As a result,  the  liquidity of the shares  could be  impaired,  not only in the
number of securities  which could be bought and sold, but also through delays in
the timing of the  transactions,  reductions in security  analysts' and the news
media's coverage of the company,  and lower prices for the company's  securities
than might otherwise be reached.


We May Not Be Able To Repay the Bonds


We must retire the bonds,  together with interest  compounded annually at 15%, 4
years from the date of sale.  This will create an  additional  liability  on our
balance sheet and impose a burden on our cash flow as the maturity date nears.

Since we are not establishing a sinking fund to finance  repayment of the bonds,
it is possible that we will not have enough  income,  or the ability to raise or
borrow  enough  money,  to repay the  principal and interest as the bonds become
due.


No Trading Market Will Exist for Our Bonds


We will not seek to list the bonds for trading in any public  market.  Bonds are
an illiquid investment which you must hold for 4 years, receiving no interest or
principal until the maturity date.


                                   Conclusion

For all the reasons described above, this is a highly speculative investment. We
strongly  urge you to consult  your own business and  investment  advisors,  tax
advisors, attorneys, and accountants before investing in our shares or bonds.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                                 Use Of Proceeds

 (This section has been moved from its previous position after the MD&A section)

The table below shows how we plan to spend the proceeds of this  offering if all
shares and bonds are sold  (maximum),  if an  intermediate  number of shares and
bonds are sold  (intermediate),  and if a minimum number of shares and bonds are
sold (minimum).  There is no minimum amount which must be raised before we begin
spending the proceeds, and no escrow account will be established.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Item                               Maximum         Intermediate        Minimum
                            ----                               -------         ------------        -------

    <S>                                                      <C>                 <C>              <C>
    Offering Proceeds
    Proceeds from Sale of Company Shares (1)                 $ 12,500,000        $ 8,500,000      $ 4,500,000
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
    Proceeds from Sale of Shareholders Shares (2)                 907,500            617,100          326,700
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
    Proceeds from Sale of Bonds (3)                             3,000,000          2,000,000        1,000,000
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
    Total Gross Proceeds                                       16,407,500         11,117,100        5,826,700
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
        Less Sales Commissions (4)                              1,640,750          1,111,710          582,670
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
        Less Expenses of Offering (5)                             200,000            200,000          200,000
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
        Less Proceeds to Selling Shareholders (6)                 816,750            555,390          294,030
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
    Net Proceeds to Company                                    13,750,000          9,250,000        4,750,000
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------

    Use of Proceeds:
    Opening Additional Offices (7)                              5,000,000          4,000,000        2,500,000
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
    Debt Retirement (8)                                         5,000,000          5,000,000        2,250,000
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
    Working Capital (9 )                                        3,750,000            250,000                0
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
    Total Application of Net Proceeds                        $ 13,750,000        $ 9,250,000      $ 4,750,000
                                                             ------------        -----------      -----------
</TABLE>

Footnotes:

    1.   We are offering 2,000,000  2,500,000 million shares at $5 per share for
         a total of $12,500,000.

    2.   Four of our  shareholders  are  selling  some of their own stock in the
         company  at $5  per  share,  paying  a  proportionate  share  of  sales
         commissions  and offering  expenses.  KC Holmes,  CEO, will sell 75,000
         shares;  Heather  Stone,  President,  will  sell  75,000  shares;  Brad
         Stewart,  CFO, will sell 14,000 shares;  and Stanford  Smith,  in-house
         General  Counsel,  will  sell  17,500  shares,  for a total of  181,500
         shares. See "Plan of Distribution."

    3.  We are offering $3 million in bonds, to be sold in increments of $1,000.
        Bonds mature 4 years from the date of  purchase,  when we will repay the
        principal plus interest at 15% compounded annually. See "The Bonds."

    4.  We will seek to  contract  with  certain  broker-dealer  members  of the
        National Association of Securities Dealers to market shares and bonds in
        exchange for a cash sales  commission  of 10% of the proceeds  raised by
        

                                       18
<PAGE>
        them. See "Plan of  Distribution."  Several  company  officers will also
        sell shares and bonds. No sales  commissions  will be paid on sales made
        by them.  Because we cannot  predict how many shares will be sold by the
        broker-dealers  and how many by our officers,  we have deducted 10% from
        all sales illustrated in the table.  Actual commissions paid may be less
        and proceeds to the company may consequently be more.

    5.  This  amount   represents  the  estimated   expenses  we  will  pay  for
        registration fees,  accounting fees, costs of printing,  fees associated
        with  listing  the  shares  for  trading,  fees to the  transfer  agent,
        postage,  and other offering costs.  The legal work for this offering is
        being performed by in-house  General  Counsel,  Stanford Smith, who will
        receive no compensation beyond his salary.

    6.  This is the  amount to be paid to our four  selling  shareholders  after
        they have  borne  their pro rata  share of sales  commissions.  See "The
        Shares."

    7.  The Company plans to open offices in several major cities in the Western
        United  States  over the next 24 months,  with  estimated  cash needs of
        $500,000  per  office.  The number of offices  opened will depend on the
        total  proceeds  raised in this  offering.  These  funds will be used to
        cover the costs of  leasing  office  space  and for  lease  deposits  of
        approximately  $70,000. Cash for the purchase and lease of furniture and
        equipment of  approximately  $50,000.  Cash for advertising and up-front
        marketing  of  approximately  $20,000.  Cash  for  employment  fees  and
        training of  approximately  $40,000.  Payroll  cash for 12-15 people for
        approximately 6 months during start-up of approximately $300,000 and for
        various deposits and miscellaneous  expenses of $20,000.  See " Business
        Operations."

    8.  As of September 30, 1998, we have incurred more than $5 million in debt.
        Substantially all of this debt has been used for working capital to fund
        operating  needs since  inception of the Company.  The interest rate and
        maturity of these  obligations  is set forth in "Financial  Statements."
        After  covering  the costs of  opening  additional  offices,  we plan to
        retire as much of this debt as possible,  giving priority to obligations
        bearing the highest interest.

    9.  We will use these funds to cover our normal operating expenses if income
        is inadequate.

Future  conditions  may prompt us to change these  proposed  uses of proceeds if
unanticipated  events  or  opportunities  arise.  We may  use a  portion  of the
proceeds  to acquire  other  businesses  or  products  which will help us expand
operations more effectively.


                                       19
<PAGE>

                                 Capitalization

The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of September
30, 1998,  and on a pro forma as adjusted  basis after giving effect to the sale
by the Company of 2,500,000 of common stock offered  hereby and the  application
of the net proceeds therefrom. This table should be read in conjunction with the
historical  Financial  Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto,  and the
other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  As of September 30, 1998
                                                                              --------------------------------
                                                                              Actual                 Pro Forma
                                                                              -----------           As Adjusted
                                                                                                    -----------
<S>                                                                           <C>                        <C>
Short-term debt including current portion of long-term debt                   $ 3,858,662          $       -0-
                                                                              -----------           -----------
Long-term debt (1)                                                              2,110,321            3,000,000
                                                                              -----------           -----------
Shareholders' Equity:
Common Stock - Class A, no par value;  8,488,740  shares issued and  outstanding
actual; 10,988,740 shares issued and outstanding
pro forma as adjusted (1)                                                         502,118           11,552,118
                                                                              -----------           -----------
Common Stock - Class B, no par value; no shares issued or outstanding
                                                                                      -0-                  -0-
Treasury Stock - Class A, 2,000,000 shares                                            (45)                 -0-
                                                                              -----------           -----------
Subscription Receivable - Common Stock - Class A                                 (160,000)            (160,000)
                                                                              -----------           -----------
Accumulated deficit                                                            (5,139,546)          (5,139,546)
                                                                              -----------           -----------
Total Shareholders' Equity                                                     (4,797,473)           6,252,572
                                                                              -----------           -----------
Total Capitalization                                                          $ 1,171,510          $ 9,252,572
                                                                              -----------           -----------
</TABLE>

Footnotes:

(1) Assumes sales of maximum amount of offering.

(2) Assumes  stock sales  commissions  of  $1,250,000  and offering  expenses of
$200,000 netted against proceeds.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                     Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                  Financial Condition and Results of Operations


General

The Murdock Group Career  Satisfaction  Corporation is a career  advancement and
employment  consulting company with offices in Salt Lake City, Utah and Seattle,
Washington.   We  provide  services  to  professionals  with  several  years  of
experience  who are seeking to clarify  their career  direction or their current
job situation.

Our system utilizes job-search training workshops,  consultants, and access to a
comprehensive  job-search  resource center. We also provide  full-service hiring
assistance to corporations, which includes training, and outplacement.

Losses to date were  incurred  while we  developed  our  proprietary  job-search
technology into a training system that can service a larger volume of customers.
We have  completed  development  on this system and  believe  that we now have a
product that can be marketed profitably.

On September 14, 1998, we relocated 14 employees  from the Salt Lake City office
to open an office in Seattle. We plan to open additional offices in 1999.

We plan to allocate  administrative  costs across  multiple  locations,  thereby
reducing the financial impact of our investment to date in infrastructure  items
such as computer  technology  and human  resources,  accounting,  and operations
staff. We anticipate a reduction in charge-off expense with the new product, and
expect that  completion of the public  offering will enable us to restructure or
pay off most of our  high-interest  debts,  thereby  reducing  monthly  interest
expense.

In summary,  our plan for overcoming losses includes moving Salt Lake City staff
to offices,  allocating  infrastructure  investment  across multiple  locations,
reducing charge-off expense, and reducing interest expense.


                                       21
<PAGE>

                              Results of Operations


September 30, 1998 Compared to September 30, 1997


Net service revenues increased to $1,428,308 for the nine months ended September
30, 1998, compared to $262,212 for the corresponding  period of the prior fiscal
year.  The  increase in  revenues  was  primarily  a result of enhanced  service
products  from new  research  and  development  efforts,  new sales  techniques,
increased  marketing  through radio and  newspaper  campaigns,  new  proprietary
systems  that enable the  products  and  services to be  delivered in volume and
Company recognition in the market place.

Contract  cancellations and discounts  increased to $920,112 for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998,  compared to $80,000 for the  corresponding  period of
the prior fiscal  year.  The  cancellations  and  write-offs  were the result of
concessions made to customers while pilot testing and implementing the Company's
new intellectual  property.  The cancellations and discounts have decreased as a
result of the new product.

Direct cost of  services  increased  to  $1,396,448  for the nine  months  ended
September  30, 1998,  compared to $338,798 for the  corresponding  period of the
prior fiscal year. Gross profit as a percentage of service revenues  improved to
2.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 1998,  compared to a negative gross
profit of (29.2%) for the  corresponding  period of the prior fiscal  year.  The
improvement  in gross  profit as a percent  of sales was  primarily  a result of
increased sales, which served to reduce the per-sale overhead.

General and administrative expenses, which include selling expense, increased to
$1,409,067  for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998,  compared to $360,817
for  the   corresponding   period  of  the  prior  fiscal   year.   General  and
administrative expenses, as a percentage of sales, decreased to 99% for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998,  compared to 138% for the corresponding  period
of the prior fiscal year. General and administrative expenses should continue to
decrease as a percentage of sales during fiscal 1998 and  thereafter as a result
of increased sales and a reduction in G & A expenses.

New products  research and  development  expenses  increased to $718,701 for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998, compared to $274,667 for the corresponding
period of the prior  fiscal  year.  The  increase  in research  and  development
expenses for the nine months ended  September  30, 1998 was a result of expenses



                                       22
<PAGE>
related to the  development of new  intellectual  property and training  systems
that allow the mainstream  professional to access previously  elitist job-search
concepts  and  techniques.  This  systematization  also  enables  the Company to
efficiently  service a larger volume of customers with fewer costs than could be
serviced in the year.

Interest  expense  increased to $702,864 for the nine months ended September 30,
1998,  compared to $138,252  for the  corresponding  period of the prior  fiscal
year. The increase in interest  expense is a result of higher  outstanding  debt
balances  and  increased  rates on monies  borrowed  for the nine  months  ended
September  30, 1998,  compared to the  corresponding  period of the prior fiscal
year.


December 31, 1997 Compared to December 31, 1996


The Company began operations  August 5, 1996 as a startup and  development-stage
entity.  Operating results for the five-month period ended December 31, 1996 are
not representative of or comparable to the first full year of operations,  which
ended December 31, 1997.


                               Financial Condition


Liquidity and Capital Resources


The Company has suffered recurring losses from operations since its inception in
1996, and as of September 30, 1998,  had an  accumulated  deficit of $5,139,546.
The  accumulated  deficit  reflects  losses  associated with the development and
start-up of operations and  significant  costs for research and  development for
the  Company's  proprietary  job-search  technology  and training  system.  This
technology  will enable the  Company to  effectively  service a large  volume of
customers in each office and provide a model to expand the operations into other
locations.

At  September  30,  1998,  the  Company  had  a  working   capital   deficit  of
approximately  $3,669,405.  This  working  capital  deficit  is a result  of the
Company's  need  to fund  its  operating  losses  primarily  through  short-term
borrowings.  The interest rates associated with these short-term  borrowings are
significantly higher than prime interest rates.

                                       23
<PAGE>

The  Company  sells  a  majority  of its  products  in  exchange  for  contracts
receivable  which  typically  are due in monthly  installments  over twenty four
months.  During late fiscal 1997 and early fiscal 1998,  the Company  provided a
product  whereby,   the  customer  was  guaranteed  to  secure  employment  upon
completion  of services  by the  Company.  Total  revenues  associated  with the
guarantee  service for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 were $730,000 or
approximately 33% of revenues.

While the sales impact associated with the guaranteed service was positive,  the
ability  to  provide  the  service  of  securing  employment  for the client was
extremely difficult, and resulted in approximately $553,000 in cancellations and
$85,000  in  discounts  related  to  the  above  guarantee-type   revenues.  The
guaranteed  services were  discontinued  in July 1998. At September 30, 1998 the
Company has $36,000 in accounts  receivable  from the  guaranteed  service.  The
entire $36,000 has been reserved at September 30, 1998.

The Company has  experienced a  significant  reduction in the amount of contract
cancellations and write-offs  subsequent to the guaranteed service.  The Company
believes that the new technology and service product  described above,  compared
to the  guaranteed  service,  will result in a  significant  improvement  in the
Company's cancellation and collection rate.

As contained in the Company's  Independent Auditor's Report, dated September 16,
1998,  which  audit  covered  the five  months  ended May 31, 1998 and prior two
fiscal years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, there is substantial doubt of the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

Current portion of amounts due from related  parties  increased at September 30,
1998,   compared  to  December  31,  1997  as  a  result  of  certain  financing
transactions.

Property and equipment increased at September 30, 1998, compared to December 31,
1997 as a result of  expenditures  related to expanding  offices to  accommodate
growth. In September 1998, the Company opened an office in Seattle,  Washington,
which required approximately $150,000 in new property and equipment. In addition
the Company has continued to develop its infrastructure for computer  networking
and communications to accommodate growth into other locations.

Accounts payable increased at September 30, 1998,  compared to December 31, 1997
as a result of  Company  growth  and as a result of the  Company  extending  the
payment terms on payables.

Current portion of amounts due from related  parties  increased at September 30,
1998,   compared  to  December  31,  1997  as  a  result  of  certain  financing
transactions.  Such amounts were repaid to the Company  subsequent  to September
30, 1998.

Property and equipment increased at September 30, 1998, compared to December 31,
1997 as a result of  expenditures  related to expanding  offices to  accommodate
growth. In September 1998, the Company opened an office in Seattle,  Washington,
which required approximately $150,000 in new property and equipment. In addition
the Company has continued to develop its infrastructure for computer  networking
and communications to accommodate growth into other locations.

Short-term  and long-term  debt  increased as a result of working  capital needs
related to the Company's current operating losses experienced  through September
30, 1998.


Capital Expenditures


Capital  expenditures  amounted to approximately  $344,000 through September 30,
1998  compared to  $359,968 in 1997.  The  majority of these  expenditures  were
related to expanding our offices and staff to accommodate our rapid growth.

The Company incurred capital expenditures of approximately $344,000 for the nine
month  period  ended   September   31,  1998,   compared  to  $360,000  for  the
corresponding   period  of  the  prior  fiscal  year.   The  majority  of  these
expenditures were related to expanding offices to accommodate growth.


                                       24
<PAGE>


Research and Development


Research and Development expenditures amounted to $718,701 from January 1, 1998,
through  September  30, 1998,  compared to $274,667 for the same period in 1997.
The  majority  of  the  R  & D  expenses  were  incurred  while  developing  our
proprietary  job-search technology into a training system that serviced a larger
volume of  customers.  The Company  incurred  costs  amounting to  approximately
$718,701  for the nine month  period  ended  September  30,  1998,  compared  to
$274,667 for the corresponding  period of the prior fiscal year. The majority of
these costs were  incurred  for the  development  of the  Company's  proprietary
job-search  technology  to enable a  training  system to  effectively  service a
larger volume of customers.  The Company believes that most of its significant R
& D projects are now completed and that the R & D projects in the future will be
smaller and require less expenditures.


Other


Inflation  has not had and is not expected to have a  significant  impact on our
operations.

We have  evaluated our  information  technology  for Year 2000 issues and do not
anticipate any material disruption in our operations.


         (The "Use of  Proceeds"  section has been moved and now appears  before
         the MD&A section)


                                       25
<PAGE>

                                   The Company


History


We are The Murdock Group Career  Satisfaction  Corporation,  a Utah  corporation
organized November 5, 1997, to carry on an existing business concept.

In 1983, Denis Murdock formed a sole  proprietorship  called "The Murdock Group"
in Virginia to provide job search assistance to senior executives.  He moved the
business to Salt Lake City, Utah, in 1987.

The assets of this business,  including all intellectual  property rights,  were
purchased in June 1996 by Envision Career Services,  L.L.C., a company formed by
our founders KC Holmes and Heather  Stone.  Envision  conducted  its  operations
under the name  "The  Murdock  Group."  The  company  purchased  all  membership
interests of Envision by the issuance of 8,205,800  shares on May 31, 1998,  and
Envision was dissolved.


Our Approach to the Career Consulting Business


We have built our business on three major approaches:

          Bypassing the competitive  top-level  corporate  executive  market and
          targeting instead mid-range business  professionals with several years
          of experience;

          Popularizing career services through broad-based media including radio
          and newspaper  advertising;  and

          Pricing career consulting  services  affordably,  and making financing
          available.

Our mission statement is - "The Murdock Group will be the finest and largest job
search and employment  consulting  service in the  world--helping  millions make
better money doing something they care about."


Expansion Plans


Our  headquarters  and  primary  business  office are located in Salt Lake City,
Utah. The combined  offices occupy 30,000 square feet of office space. We opened
our Seattle office on September 18, 1998, with 5,700 square feet of office space
Headquarters  employs 17 people;  the Salt Lake City office, 16; and the Seattle
office, 13.

We plan to open  additional  offices across the United States,  beginning in the
West.  We also plan to create and market over the  internet a number of products
and services related to the employment industry.


                                       26
<PAGE>

                               Business Operations

The  information  below  summarizes  our  current  business  operations;  future
operations may differ.


Types of Service


We provide our clients with two major types of service:

         Career Satisfaction.  These services target individuals,  providing the
         TMG Job Search System and  CareerChoice  System to train clients how to
         make wise career  choices and find a great job.  The core purpose is to
         help individuals achieve tangible  improvement in their work situations
         by choosing  the right  career and finding  employment  quickly in that
         field.

         Corporate  Productivity.  These  service  target  companies,  providing
         hiring  training,  outplacement  and other  services  that  improve the
         employment  and  termination  processes.  The  core  purpose  of  these
         services is to help companies improve productivity by teaching them how
         to hire the right people doing the right jobs.

We have spent two years  developing a  comprehensive  job search  system that is
deliverable to mainstream  professionals  on a large scale. At a cost of $37,904
in 1996,  $556,854 in 1997, and $718,701 for 9 months of 1998, we have conducted
extensive  research  and  development,  and  field-tested  multiple  products to
develop a sales and delivery system that is duplicable on a national level.  The
product offering is now ready for delivery.


                                    Products

Each of our offices currently offers four employment-related products:


1. TMG Job Search System


The TMG Job  Search  System  accounts  nearly all of our  revenue.  It sells for
$2,995 - $3,495 and can be financed over 2 years. It includes a full-service job
search  training,  career  advancement,  and  motivation  system taught in small
groups.  The package also  includes  access to a fully staffed  resource  center
containing job leads, computer workstations,  publications, and other job search
tools.

The Job Search system includes the following features:

         30 days of access to Career  Insight  Sessions  which enable clients to
         learn and  practice  key  aspects of the system  including  networking,
         interviewing, and negotiating.

         4  months  of  access  to  one-on-one  coaching  from  our  job  search
         professionals,  including interview coaches, marketing specialists, and
         others.

         4 months  of  access  to  career  counseling  from  experienced  career
         consultants  who  provide  personalized   attention  to  each  client's
         specific needs.

         4 months of access to 1-hour  follow-up  sessions to reinforce  skills,
         troubleshoot problems, or ask specific questions.


                                       27
<PAGE>

         4 months of access to our extensive  Resource  Center,  which  includes
         on-call specialists to assist clients with job search advice, job board
         postings,  contact  databases,   business  databases,  and  job  search
         publications  as well as a  computer  center  -(for  on-line  research,
         database access, and job search document  creation),-phone/fax  center,
         and training center.

We invite clients and their spouses or partners to attend an orientation  Launch
meeting that provides an overview of the TMG Job Search System. Clients are also
introduced to the Resource Center and its databases,  internet  recruiter lists,
job postings board, and career library. We explain to clients that their efforts
will directly  impact the success of their search,  and require them to dedicate
productive time each week to their program.

The Career Insight Sessions noted above are small seminars of 5-12 participants,
which cover the following topics:

         Launch (2 hours).  Provides an introduction to career management and an
         overview  of  the  entire  Job  Search  System,  which  will  form  the
         foundation of the client's job search.

         Defining  the Target (4 hours).  Helps  clients  clarify  their  career
         objectives.

         Creating a Powerful  Resume (4 hours).  Produces  resumes and  provides
         techniques for getting results.

          Making the Right Connections (4 hours).  Enables clients to access the
         unadvertised job market by connecting with decision makers.

          Direct  Approaches that Get Interviews (4 hours).  Teaches methods for
         turning more of a client's contacts and leads into interviews.

         Interviews that Get Job Offers (4 hours). Improves the client's ability
         to convert interviews into job offers.

         Negotiating a Better Job Offer (4 hours).  Hones a client's  ability to
         negotiate better terms in a job offer.


2. CareerChoice System


The  CareerChoice  System sells for $1,395 (which can be  financed).  It targets
customers  who  typically  have been  working in the same  position  for several
years, and now feel stuck in a job, a company, or an entire line of work that is
not  fulfilling.  These  individuals  often cannot afford to start over in their
careers,  and wonder if they are qualified to do anything else. The CareerChoice
System also helps people just entering the workforce and seeking direction.

CareerChoice  clients  spend 8-10 hours with a personal  career  consultant  who
administers a variety of tests and helps clients understand their career options
and plan specific, tangible career change. Activities include the following:

         Diagnosing career situation, concerns, needs, expectations,  goals, and
         objectives.

         Analyzing  Meyers-Briggs  Type  Indicator,   Strong-Campbell   Interest
         Inventory, Entrepreneurial Test, and personality assessments.

         Assessing qualifications: education, experience, strengths, weaknesses,
         skills,  interests,  financial requirements,  geographical preferences,
         and overall marketability.

         Determining long-term career direction.

         Determining short-term job market positioning-job  functions,  level of
         income, responsibility and authority; and target industries.


                                       28
<PAGE>

         Developing  a career  mission  statement  that  incorporates  long-term
         direction and short-term job market positioning.

         Understanding salary data and job availability.


3. Outplacement Services


We  offer  full and  partial  outplacement  services  to  companies  who lay off
employees and wish to limit their  liability by helping  employees find new jobs
as quickly as possible.  Outplaced employees are provided with selected training
and  resources  from the TMG Job Search  system.  We quote prices based upon the
number of employees serviced and the type of services to be performed.

We offer employers a variety of programs to train laid-off workers in job search
skills:

         The  Full-Service  Program  costs $2,995 per person and  includes  four
         months of personal coaching,  workshops, resume preparation, and access
         to our Resource Center.

         The Quick Start  Program costs $1,195 per person and includes the above
         services for one month.

         A 3-day Training  Program on the employer's site costs $4,500 per group
         of up to 15 people, and includes our workshops.

         A 3-day  Training  Program  in our  offices  costs  $395 per person and
         includes our workshops.


4. Hiring Training


We teach a series  of  "Hiring  Basics"  courses  to the  companies  who wish to
upgrade the hiring  skills of their  management  team.  There are four  separate
half-day  courses,  taught for $125 each.  Courses  rotate weekly and are taught
either at our offices or the client's site.  These seminars cover topics such as
Hiring Secrets, Finding Great Candidates, Successful Interviewing, and
Negotiating the Offer.


                                    Marketing


The Market


We believe that the market for career-related  services will continue to grow as
job insecurity and changes in the employment  market compel  individuals to take
control of their own  careers.  We believe that this desire for  individuals  to
seek  satisfaction in their employment has created a significant  market for the
types of products and services we provide.


                                       29
<PAGE>

Target Customer


The  target   customers  for  Career   Satisfaction   products  are   individual
employees-whether they are currently working for themselves or others, preparing
to work, or searching  for work.  The typical  customer  works full time and has
some college or professional training.  Usually, customers have at least 5 years
of experience in the work force and are not top executives in an organization.

The target  customers  for the  Corporate  Productivity  products are  companies
requiring assistance with employment issues.


Advertising


We attract clients through a variety of advertising  methods.  Approximately 25%
of individuals  who come in to the office for a sales  appointment  purchase the
service

         Direct  mail.  We have  experimented  with  direct  mail for the Career
         Satisfaction products in the Salt Lake City area.

         Internet  World  Wide Web Site-  (www.themurdockgroup.com):  We use the
         website to advertise our products and services.

         Radio. We use 60-second radio spots to advertise our services.

         Newspaper.  We  advertise  in  the  classified  section  of  the  local
         newspapers weekly.

         Referrals from Satisfied Job Seekers.  Our current customers are one of
         our best referral  sources.  As we acquire more customers,  we increase
         our potential for profitability.

         Referrals   from   Satisfied   Employers.   Leads  for  the   Corporate
         Productivity  services are generated  from  companies who are satisfied
         with the job applicants we have sent to them. We offer employers a free
         Job  Postings  Membership  which gives them  access to our  database of
         qualified  professionals.  Companies who subscribe receive discounts on
         recruiting, hiring training, and outplacement.


Steps in the Sales Process


Individuals  who respond to our Career  Satisfaction  advertising are handled as
follows:

         Pre-Qualification  of  Callers.  We  interview  callers,   explain  our
         approach  and fee  structure,  and  set an  appointment  with a  career
         advisor.  Callers are pre-qualified  over the phone to verify that they
         have a college  degree or  marketable  work  experience  and  financial
         resources to pay our fees.

         Meeting  with  Career  Advisor.  The client  visits our offices for the
         scheduled  appointment,  and spends an hour with a career advisor.  The
         advisor  explains  our  services  and takes the client on a tour of the
         facility to meet various specialists and examine resources (such as the
         training rooms, job postings board,  computerized databases, and career
         library).  The advisor  emphasizes  that we are working for the client,
         not for any potential employer and that we charge a flat fee. We do not
         charge based upon future wages, as do many employment agencies.

Our Corporate  Productivity  sales  representatives  visit companies who respond
affirmatively to our direct mailings or telephone calls.
                                       30
<PAGE>


Financing


Clients unable to pay in cash or by credit card are given the opportunity to pay
a deposit and execute a promissory note to the company. We perform credit checks
on each. Currently, approximately 90% of our clients execute a note.


                                   Competition


In our view,  the job  acquisition  industry is large and  fragmented  into many
niches with some competitors  being successful only in certain niches,  and with
no company having acquired dominance in the industry.

Many  competitors  have products and services that are marketed as being similar
to  ours,  but we  believe  that  our  customers  can  quickly  distinguish  the
difference between our products and services and those of our competitors.

We compete primarily with a large number of privately-owned  companies.  Some of
our competitors have greater financial, marketing,  distribution,  technical and
other resources than we do.

Our two major  competitors for career  consulting  services are well established
nationally.  Both were  founded  by career  industry  experts  who still run the
company:

     Bernard Haldane was founded in 1945 after World War II to assist  returning
     veterans in the job market.  Bernard Haldane primarily services  executives
     who earn over $100,000 per year, and charges a fee of 8% of the executive's
     salary, (generally more than twice our fee).

     Cornell  Business  Associates  was founded in the 1980's and also primarily
     services executives. It too charges an 8% fee. CBA has sales offices around
     the country,  but flies customers to a California  location for 1-2 days of
     consulting.

In addition, Robert Half offers staffing,  permanent placement,  recruiting, and
consulting  services.   Right  Management   Consulting  is  involved  in  career
development/management   and  consulting.   Provant  provides  training,  career
development, and product sales.

The principal  competitive  factors in obtaining customers appear to be a strong
sales and marketing program,  life-changing and unique  principles,  competitive
pricing,  and good customer service. We believe our strong emphasis on providing
these factors will be an important competitive advantage.


                                   Operations


Property


We  lease  class  A  office  space  for  all our  operations,  believing  that a
professional appearance is important when providing services to professionals.

Our  headquarters  and Salt Lake City  office are  located at 5295 So.  Commerce
Drive,  Suite 400, Salt Lake City, Utah 84107. we occupy 30,000 square feet, for
which we pay  $41,000 per month.  The lease term  expires on roughly 2/3 of this
space in June,  1999, at which time we plan to  renegotiate.  The lease term for
the balance of the space expires in 5 years.

The  Seattle  office  located  at  10900 NE 8th  Street,  Suite  810,  Bellevue,
Washington  98004-4405  has 5,700 square feet for which we currently pay $13,000
per month. The lease term expires on September 30, 2003.


                                       31
<PAGE>

Employees


As of September 30, 1998, we had 58 full-time  employees.  Our employees are not
represented  by a labor union and are not subject to any  collective  bargaining
arrangement.  We have never experienced a work stoppage and believe that we have
good relations with our employees.

Our headquarters operations,  located in the same building as the Salt Lake City
office,  employs 17 people. The Salt Lake City office employs 16 people, and the
Seattle office employs 13 people.


Government Regulation


Our business is subject to regulation under the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud
and Abuse Prevention Act and state laws applicable to telemarketing  activities.
We  believe  that we are in  substantial  compliance  with  these laws and their
regulations.  Any claim that we were not in compliance could result in judgments
or consent agreements that might require us to modify our marketing program.  In
the worst cases,  enforcement  of fraud laws can result in forcing a business to
close and subject the business,  and its management  and employees,  to criminal
prosecution and civil damage actions.


Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights


We rely on a  combination  of  copyright  and  trademark  laws  and  contractual
provisions to protect our proprietary rights.

We have applied for trademark registration for "The Murdock Group," "The Murdock
Group Career  Satisfaction  Corporation," and "The Fastest Way to a Better Job."
We will continue to evaluate the  registration  of additional  service marks and
trademarks, as appropriate.

Litigation  may be necessary  to protect our  proprietary  technology.  Any such
litigation may be time-consuming and costly.  Despite our efforts to protect our
proprietary  rights,  unauthorized  parties may  attempt to copy  aspects of our
services or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.

In addition,  there are few barriers to entry into the market for our  services.
It is  possible  that  one or more of our  competitors,  most of whom  have  far
greater resources than we do, will independently  develop  technologies that are
substantially equivalent or superior to ours.


Litigation


As of the date of this prospectus  there is no litigation  pending or threatened
against us.

Information Available to You

You  can  copy  the  full  securities  registration  statement,  of  which  this
prospectus  is a part,  at the public  reference  facilities  maintained  by the
Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549  at  prescribed   rates.   This  information  is  also  available  on  the
Commission's World Wide Web site at www.sec.gov.

You may also request such documents, free of charge, from us at our headquarters
located at 5295 South Commerce Drive,  Salt Lake City, Utah 84117. Our telephone
number is (801)  268-3232,  our fax number is (801)  268-3289,  and our web site
address is www.themurdockgroup.com.


                                       32
<PAGE>

Although we are do not currently  file reports with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  once this offering is concluded the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
requires us to file reports,  proxy  statements and other  information  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission at least quarterly.  This information is also
available to you at the Commission's  reference library and web site, and at the
company.  Our company is changing rapidly and the information in this prospectus
will soon be out of date.


                                       33
<PAGE>

                                   Management

The following  table sets forth the names,  ages,  and current  positions of our
officers  and  directors.  Brief  biographies  for each are set forth  after the
table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                    Age  Company Office                   Board of Directors
<S>                     <C>                                   <C>        
KC Holmes               31   Chief Executive Officer          Director
Heather J. Stone        29   President, Secretary             Chairman of the 
                                                              Board, Director
Richard O. Flack        54   VP of Operations
Steven W. Anderson      40   VP Sales & Marketing
Chris L. Kenney         36   General Manager, SLC Office
Christopher E. Leonard  25   Chief Information Systems Officer
Brad L. Stewart         41   Financial Officer*
Stanford S. Smith       53   In-House General Counsel
</TABLE>

*Mr.  Stewart began work at the company on October 16, 1998, and will assume the
responsibility of the company's principal financial officer on January 1, 1998.


Directors

Our current directors are:

KC Thane Holmes,  Director, Chief Executive Officer, age 31. Mr. Holmes received
a B.A.  degree from  Brigham  Young  University  in  Psychology  with a minor in
Business and Accounting in 1992.

Prior to founding  Envision Career  Services,  L.L.C.  and acquiring The Murdock
Group in 1996,  he served  as a  technical  sales  representative  for  Provider
Solutions, an Elk Ridge, Utah based software developer from 1995 to 1996, and an
account  executive and  technical  engineer for  Ameritech  Library  Services of
Provo, Utah, a creator of custom software for America's largest libraries,  from
1991 to 1995.

He is an owner of Open Seas  Trading  company,  a marketing  business,  a former
owner of a  Provo-based  real  estate  investment  firm,  and a former  owner of
Classic Coupons,  a Provo-based  coupon  business.  He is a licensed real estate
agent and certified Oracle Database Developer.

Heather J. Stone, Director, President, age 29. Ms. Stone received an M.B.A. from
the  University of Phoenix with a focus on marketing  and strategic  planning in
1992, and a B.A. in English from Brigham Young University in 1990.

She served as Director of Product  Management for ViewSoft,  Inc., a Provo-based
software firm, from 1994 to 1996, and a Product Line Manager for Novell, Inc., a
networking  software  firm, for several  years.  She was a technical  writer for
Clyde Digital Systems (RAXCO), an Orem,  Utah-based software company,  from 1987
to 1991.  She has  contributed  articles to  technical  journals and won several
writing awards.

Mr. Holmes and Ms. Stone are brother and sister.

We plan to add  additional  members to our Board of Directors to meet the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market requirement for two outside directors.  We are working to obtain
insurance coverage for our directors and officers,  and will add these directors
when coverage is available. Directors are elected annually.


                                       34
<PAGE>

Officers


The  backgrounds of our CEO KC Holmes and our President  Heather Stone appear in
"Directors" above. Additional officers include the following:

O. Richard Flack,  Vice  President of  Operations,  age 54. Prior to joining The
Murdock  Group,  Mr.  Flack  received  a B.A.  in  Marketing  in 1966  from  the
University of Utah, and served as General  Manager of Valley Fair Mall from 1968
to 1997. He served as the president of the West Valley Area Chamber of Commerce.
Mr.  Flack  joined The Murdock  Group in June,  1997,  after  going  through The
Murdock Group program as a client.

Steven W. Anderson,  Vice President of Sales and Marketing,  age 40. Mr.
Anderson  joined The Murdock Group in October 1997 to assume sales and marketing
functions  from KC  Holmes,  the  founder.  He earned a B.A.  in  Organizational
Communications  from  Brigham  Young  University  in  1984  and an  M.B.A.  from
Pepperdine  in 1990.  He worked as a  Director  of  Marketing  for Dunn  Edwards
Corporation from 1995 to 1997, and as Director of Marketing for Sinclair-Glidden
from 1988 to 1995.

Chris L. Kenney,  General  Manager of Salt Lake City Office,  age 36. Mr. Kenney
earned  degrees in Data  Processing  from Utah  Technical  College in 1984,  and
Information  Management  from  Brigham  Young  University  in 1987.  He  managed
operations in customer  support and third-party  sales for Clyde Digital Systems
from 1987 to 1990,  in sales for Fresh  Technology  Group from 1990 to 1991,  in
product  management  for  Raxco/Axent  Technologies  from  1993 to 1995,  and in
product line management and network  engineering for Ameritech  Library Services
from 1995 to 1998.

Brad L.  Stewart,  Financial  Officer,  age 41.  From  1996 to 1998 he served as
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Marker International,  a
public  company.  He directed  Marker's  initial public offering and a secondary
offering  while serving as its Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer from
1991 to 1996. From 1986 to 1991 he was a manager of the audit  department in the
Phoenix,  Arizona,  office  of  Arthur  Anderson,  after  serving  as  a  senior
accountant in its Atlanta, Georgia, office from 1983 to 1986. He received a B.S.
in accounting from Brigham Young University in 1983.

Christopher E. Leonard,  Chief Information Systems Officer,  age 25. Mr. Leonard
received a B.S. in English with a minor in  Philosophy  from the  University  of
Puget Sound in Tacoma,  Washington in 1995. He co-founded Coastlink Corporation,
a corporate  Internet  Service  Provider in Salt Lake City, Utah, in 1996. Later
that year he began  Coastlink  Consulting,  a  network  consulting  company.  He
specializes in the use of technology to gather,  organize,  store and distribute
all types of information.

Stanford S. Smith, In-house General Counsel, age 53. Mr. Smith obtained his J.D.
degree from the  University  of Utah College of Law in 1971,  and has  practiced
corporate law in the Salt Lake City, Utah area since that time, with an emphasis
in the  legal  issues  related  to  high-growth  companies.  He has  served as a
lecturer in strategic  planning for the  international  consulting firms Shipley
Associates  and James A. Bent & Associates.  Mr. Smith is a former member of the
Utah House of Representatives, and a former adjunct professor of business law at
the University of Utah College of Business.


Executive Compensation


Our Chief Executive Officer,  KC Holmes, and our President,  Heather Stone, each
received total  compensation of $72,000 during our last fiscal year, which ended
on December 31, 1997. No officer or director received  compensation in excess of
$100,000 during 1997.

We have not paid bonuses or granted perquisites to our executive officers.  Brad
Stewart,  our financial officer, is the only employee who has been granted stock
options.  See  "Management."  All our  employees,  including  the  officers  and
directors,  receive  medical,  dental,  and  disability  insurance  paid  by the
company.


                                       35
<PAGE>


Director Compensation


Our Board of Directors consists of two members, KC Holmes and Heather Stone, who
serve without special  compensation.  During the next 90 days we plan to add two
outside directors, and one officer, to our Board. We plan to hold board meetings
quarterly, paying outside directors approximately $2,500 per meeting.


Standing Committees of Directors


After we have added two outside  directors to the Board, we plan to establish an
Audit Committee and  Compensation  Committee,  each to be composed of one inside
director and two outside directors.

The Audit Committee will make annual  recommendations  to the Board of Directors
respecting the appointment of our independent  public  accountants,  discuss and
review  the scope and the fees of the  prospective  annual  audit and review the
results thereof with the independent public accountants.

It will also review and approve  non-audit  services of the  independent  public
accountants,  review  compliance  with existing  major  accounting and financial
policies,   review  the  adequacy  of  our  financial  organization  and  review
management's  procedures  and policies  relative to the adequacy of our internal
accounting controls.

The  Compensation  Committee  will  review and approve  annual  salary and bonus
ranges for all executive  officers,  and recommend to the Board of Directors the
terms and conditions of employee benefit plans.


Principal Shareholders


The  following  table  shows  certain  information  known  to us  regarding  the
beneficial  ownership of the shares as of September  30,  1998.  It  illustrates
share ownership as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares being offered, for
(i)  each  Shareholder  known  by us to  own  beneficially  5% or  more  of  the
outstanding  shares of its shares;  (ii) each director;  and (iii) all directors
and  executive  officers as a group.  We believe that these  beneficial  owners,
based on information they have furnished,  have sole investment and voting power
with  respect  to  their  shares,  subject  to  community  property  laws  where
applicable.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Directors, Executive           Shares Owned        Percentage of        Shares Owned       Percentage of
 Officers, and Owners of 5% or    Before Offering     Shares Before the   After Offering (3)     Shares After
    More of the Shares (1)                              Offering (2)                           the Offering (4)

<S>                                <C>                     <C>               <C>                  <C>
KC Holmes*                         3,038,842               35.80%            2,963,842            26.97%
                                                           ------                                 ------
Heather Stone*                     3,038,842               35.80%            2,963,842            26.97%
                                                           ------                                 ------
Richard Flack                         12,000                0.14%               12,000             0.11%
                                                            -----                                  -----
Steven Anderson                       12,000                0.14%               12,000             0.11%
                                                            -----                                  -----
Chris Kenney                           5,000                0.06%                5,000             0.05%
                                                            -----                                  -----
Christopher Leonard                   12,800                0.15%               12,800             0.12%
                                                            -----                                  -----
Lance Heaton                         300,000                3.53%              300,000             2.73%
                                                            -----                                  -----
Brad Stewart*                         84,000                 .99%               70,000              .64%
                                                             ----                                   ----
Stanford S. Smith*                   612,718                7.22%              595,218             5.42%
                                     -------                -----              -------             -----
All Directors and Officers         7,116,202               83.83%            6,934,702            63.12%
as a Group                                                 ------                                 ------
</TABLE>


                                       36
<PAGE>

* Selling Shareholders

Footnotes:

    (1) The business  address of each person named is 5295 South Commerce Drive,
    Suite 300, Salt Lake City, Utah 84107.

    (2) This does not include 2,000,000 shares held in the company treasury.

    (3) Assumes sale of all 2,681,500 shares,  consisting of 2,000,000  treasury
    shares, 500,000 shares to be issued, and 181,500 from selling shareholders.

    (4)  Purchasers  of the company  shares  will  receive  treasury  shares and
    500,000 newly issued shares.  There will be no treasury  shares  outstanding
    after the offering if all shares are sold.


Related Party Transactions


The Company regularly purchases computer hardware,  software,  and services from
Coastlink Consulting,  which is a sole proprietorship registered in the State of
Utah.  The owner of Coastlink  Consulting is also an officer and employee of the
Company.  The Company has a consulting  agreement  with an owner and employee of
The Pinebrook Group, which is a sole  proprietorship  registered in the State of
Utah.  The owner  employee of Pinebrook  was also a  shareholder  in The Murdock
Group Career  Satisfaction  Corporation until the Company repurchased all of the
shares owned by the individual (see note 21).

During January of 1998, the Company sold $375,000 of Promissory notes and issued
150,000  Class A shares to  related  parties  pursuant  to a  private  placement
memorandum.  The  Company is paying  interest  of 16% to 18% on these notes (See
note 18).

Interest paid to related parties at December 31, 1997 and 1996 was approximately
, $23,670 and $3,521 respectively.

The Company made  advances and  short-term  loans to employees and other related
parties  amounting  to  $284,334,  $30,646,  and $0 as of  September  30,  1998,
December 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996, respectively.

Officers,  directors  and  majortiy  shareholders  owed  the  Company  $331,494,
$86,095,  and $9,440 as of September 30, 1998 December 31, 1997 and December 31,
1996, respectively.

The Company has provided an allowance for these receivable amounts.  The Company
was  indebted  to  employees  $340,000,  $0, and $0 as of  September  30,  1998,
December 31, 1997 and December  31,  1996,  respectively,  relating to a private
placement  offering,  and owed the  parents  of an  employee  $49,089  for funds
advanced to the Company under a line of credit  arrangement  as of September 30,
1998.


Indemnification of Officers and Directors


As allowed by the Utah Business  Corporations  Act, our Bylaws  provide that the
liability  of the officers  and  directors  of the company for monetary  damages
shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under Utah law.


                                       37
<PAGE>

We did this to eliminate  the  personal  liability of an officer or director for
monetary  damages in an action  brought by, or in the right of the company  for,
breach  of duty to the  company  or its  shareholders.  It  does  not,  however,
indemnify directors for intentional wrongdoing.

This  provision  does not limit or  eliminate  the rights of the  company or any
shareholder to seek  non-monetary  relief such as an injunction or rescission in
the event of a breach of a director's duty of care.

We understand  that the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  takes the position
that insofar as the foregoing provision may be invoked to disclaim liability for
damages arising under the Securities Act, the provision is against public policy
as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act  and  is  therefore  unenforceable.  Such
limitation  of  liability  also does not affect the  availability  of  equitable
remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

We are now working to obtain directors' and officers' liability insurance.  When
this is in place, we will add two outside directors.


Legal Proceedings


We are not aware of any legal  proceedings  within the last 5 years  against any
director,  officer,  significant  employee,  or candidate for any such position,
which involve a petition under the Bankruptcy Act or any State insolvency law or
of any receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer appointed by a court -

          For the  business or property  of such  person or any  partnership  in
          which he was general partner or within 2 years before the time of such
          filing, or

          For  any  corporation  or  business  association  of  which  he was an
          executive officer within 2 years before the time of such filing.

Nor are we aware of any of any officer or director being convicted in a criminal
proceeding.

                                       38
<PAGE>

                                   The Shares


Shares


The authorized capital stock of the company consists of 100,000,000 shares Class
A Common Stock at no par value. Our Articles of Incorporation  also authorize us
to issue 100,000,000  shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, but we have not
issued any of these shares.

As of September 30, 1998, we had 30  shareholders,  holding a total of 8,488,740
shares.

The Class A shares have the following characteristics:

          Holders are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to
          a vote of our shareholders and may not cumulate votes for the election
          of directors.

          Holders have the right to receive  dividends when, as, and if declared
          by the  Board of  Directors  from  funds  legally  available  for this
          purpose.

          Upon  liquidation  of the  company,  holders are entitled to share pro
          rata in any assets  available for  distribution to shareholders  after
          payment of all company obligations, including the bonds.

          Holders have no preemptive rights,  i.e., the (first rights to acquire
          any  additional  shares issued by the company),  and have no rights to
          convert their shares into any other securities.

          All shares now outstanding are fully paid for and nonassessable.

          Shares are not redeemable.


Determination of Offering Price


Prior to this  offering  there has been no market for our shares.  The  offering
price has been  determined by our Board of Directors  based upon its estimate of
future earnings prospects, and not upon any determination of current value. (See
"Plan of Distribution.")


Dilution


On the date of this prospectus, we had a book value of ($4,797,473,  or ($.5652)
per share.  The net book value per share is equal to a company's  total  assets,
less its total  liabilities  and divided by its total number of shares of shares
outstanding.

If we sell all  2,500,000  shares  we are  offering,  our net book  value at the
conclusion of the offering will be approximately  $6,252,527 or $.569 per share.
This  represents  an  immediate  increase  in book value of $1.1342 per share to
existing  shareholders  and an  immediate  dilution  of $4.431  per share to new
investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The following  table  illustrates the per share dilution in book value per share
to new investors and other information about the shares:


                                       39
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                                                                 <C>
Initial offering price per share                                                                   $      5.00
                                                                                                   
Net book value before offering                                                                    ($ 4,797,473)

Net book value per share before the offering                                                       $    (.5652)
                                                                                                   
Increase in net  book value per share attributable to the cash payment by new investors            $11,050,000
                                                                                                    
Net  book value per share after offering                                                           $        .57
                                                                                                    
Dilution per share to new investors                                                                $      4.431
                                                                                                     
Total number of shares outstanding before the offering                                                8,488,740

Total consideration for outstanding shares paid by existing shareholders                           $    502,118

Average consideration paid per share by existing shareholders                                      $       0.06
</TABLE>


Trading Market


The shares are not currently  listed for trading on any exchange.  We will apply
to list our shares for trading on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market at the conclusion
of this offering,  (subject to selling the 2.5 million shares we are offering by
this prospectus), but cannot guarantee that our application will be approved. If
we fail to meet these standards, we plan to apply for a listing of our shares on
the NASD OTC Bulletin Board. Our proposed trading symbol is "JOBS."


Selling Shareholders


As shown on the table  below,  four of our  current  shareholders  are  offering
181,500 of their own shares for sale as part of this  offering.  If all of these
shares are sold, these officers will receive $907,500,  less a pro rata share of
sales commissions and offering expenses. These shares will be sold pro rata with
our shares until such time as 1,000,000 company shares have been sold, whereupon
all unsold  shares of selling  shareholders  will be sold before sale of company
shares recommences.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 Name                      No. of Shares       Proceeds of Sale       %of Shares Owned After
                                            to be Sold                                Completion of Offering

<S>                                           <C>                <C>                      <C>
KC Holmes, CEO                                75,000             $ 375,000                26.97%

Heather Stone, President                      75,000             $ 375,000                26.97%

Brad Stewart,  Financial Officer              14,000             $  70,000                  .64%

Stanford Smith, General Counsel               17,500             $  87,500                 5.42%

 Total                                       181,500             $ 907,500                 60.0%
</TABLE>


                                       40
<PAGE>

Shares Eligible For Future Resale


Upon completion of this offering,  assuming the sale of all shares, we will have
outstanding 10,988,740 shares.

Of these  shares,  the  2,681,500  shares sold in this  offering  will be freely
tradable without  restriction or further  registration under the Securities Act.
This rule does not apply to any shares owned by an  "affiliate"  of the company,
which will be subject to the resale  limitations  of Rule 144 adopted  under the
Securities Act.

In general,  under Rule 144 a person who has  beneficially  owned  shares for at
least  one  year,  including  "affiliates"  as that  term is  defined  under the
Securities  Act,  is entitled to sell,  within any 3-month  period,  a number of
shares  that does not exceed the  greater  of (i) one  percent  (1%) of the then
outstanding  shares of the shares or (ii) the average  weekly  trading volume in
the shares  during the four  calendar  weeks  immediately  preceding the date on
which the notice of sale is filed with the Commission.

Sales under Rule 144 are subject to certain  requirements  relating to manner of
sale,  notice and availability of certain current public  information  about the
company.  A person who is not deemed to have been an  "affiliate" of the company
at any  time  during  the 90 days  immediately  preceding  the  sale and who has
beneficially  owned  shares for at least  three  years is  entitled to sell such
shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to these limitations.

The postoffering fair value of our shares,  whether or not any secondary trading
market  develops,  is variable and may be impacted by the business and financial
condition of the company, as well as factors beyond our control.

Sales of  substantial  amounts of shares in any public  market could cause lower
market  prices  and even make it  difficult  for us to raise  capital  through a
future offering of equity securities.


Stock Options


As of September  30, 1998,  options to acquire our shares were held by four five
individuals and trusts.

          Martin Collins,  a former employee and founder of the company,  has an
          option to acquire  800,000.  He may acquire these shares at a discount
          of 20% from the market  trading  price,  if any,  during  1998,  and a
          discount of 15% during 1999.

          Reta Fawson,  B&S Family Trust,  and Argentum  Family  Trust,  none of
          which are affiliated with us,  purchased our convertible  bonds for an
          aggregate  price of $240,000 in May of 1998. This gave them the option
          of  acquiring  shares at a discount  of 20% from the  public  offering
          price if our shares were  registered with the SEC, but only during the
          offering period. During a 6-month period following such the listing of
          shares on a public exchange, these bonds may be converted to shares at
          a discount  of 20% from the average  share  trading  price  during the
          30-day period prior to exercise of the option.  During the period from
          7 to 18 months after the listing date, these bonds may be converted to
          shares at a discount of 10% similarly calculated.

          Brad Stewart,  a Financial  Officer,  has an option to acquire 100,000
          shares at $4 5 per  share,  vesting at the rate of 25,000 per year for
          four years.


Transfer Agent and Registrar


The transfer agent and registrar for our shares is Interwest  Transfer  Company,
Inc., at 1981 East Murray Holladay Road,  Suite 100, Salt Lake City, Utah 84117,
phone (801) 272-9294, fax (801) 277-3147.


                                       41
<PAGE>

                                    The Bonds


Bond Characteristics


We are offering  $3,000,000 in company bonds to be sold in increments of $1,000,
with a minimum investment of $1,000. The bonds have a 4-year term, and will bear
interest at 15% per annum  compounded  annually  and paid with the  principal at
maturity.

We may prepay and retire the bonds at any time upon 30-day's written notice to a
bond holder.  All principal  and accrued  interest with respect to a called bond
must be paid within 15 days of the call date.

Payment of the principal and interest on the bonds is secured  solely by company
assets.  We will not  establish a sinking fund) for  retirement of the bonds.  A
sinking fund is an accumulating pool of capital intended to repay bond principal
and  interest.  Bond  holders  will be  dependent  upon our  ability to generate
income,  or  otherwise  obtain  sufficient  capital,  to pay the  principal  and
interest of the bonds at the time of maturity.

No master indenture has been adopted in connection with the bonds and no trustee
has been  appointed  to protect the rights of bond  holders.  If we default upon
payment to any bond holder, such holder must proceed individually,  or join with
other unpaid bond holders, to collect any damages from us. We have not obligated
ourselves to cover the expenses of such collection efforts.

We will not seek to list the bonds for trading in any public  market.  Bonds are
an illiquid investment which you must hold for 4 years, receiving no interest or
principal until the maturity date.

We will not pay any  dividends  to our  shareholders  until all these bonds have
been retired.


Rights in Liquidation


There are no voting rights associated with the bonds. If you purchase bonds, you
will be a general unsecured creditor, not an owner, of the company.

In the event we dissolve, company creditors,  (including the bond holders), must
be fully paid before any liquidating distributions are made to Shareholders.

                                       42
<PAGE>

                              Plan Of Distribution


Offering of Securities


We are  offering  the  shares and bonds at the  offering  price set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus,  with a minimum investment of $1,000 required for
either shares or bonds.

We plan to seek the support of NASD member  firms  which are  recognized  market
makers with the  intention of obtaining  their  assistance  in the creation of a
viable market in the shares for the benefit of our shareholders.

Our Board of  Directors  has  arbitrarily  set the price at which the shares are
offered.  The price has no relationship to our book value per share, our current
earnings, or other generally accepted measurement of value.


Agreement with a Broker-Dealer


We plan to enter agreements with registered securities broker-dealers,  in which
they  will  agree to use  their  best  effort  to sell our  shares  and bonds in
exchange for a cash sales commission of 10% of the proceeds they raise.

We will agree to indemnify these firms against liabilities  incurred as a result
of any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the prospectus,  or as a
result  of the  omission  of a  material  fact  necessary  in  order to make the
statements in the prospectus, in light of the circumstances, not misleading.

Based on the number of unsold shares and bonds,  we will  periodically  allocate
our securities among these participating broker-dealers.

There are no plans, proposals, arrangements or understandings with any potential
sales agent,  other than company officers,  with respect to participating in the
distribution of the company's securities.  If such participation develops in the
future, we will amend this prospectus to identify such persons.


No Stabilizing Transactions


We have not engaged anyone to stabilize,  maintain or otherwise affect the price
of shares including generating stabilizing bids.

In general,  purchasing  shares for the purposes of stabilization or to reduce a
short  position  could cause the share price to be higher than it might be if no
such  purchases  were made. In the absence of  transactions  that  stabilize the
price, our share price could be hurt by market conditions.


Sales by Our Officers


Some of our  officers  will also sell shares and bonds.  These  officers  are KC
Holmes, Heather Stone, Lance Heaton, Steven Anderson, and Randy Burnham.

They  believe  they qualify to  participate  in the  marketing of our shares and
bonds under the terms of Rule 3a4-1 (a) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
because they -

                                       43
<PAGE>

          Are not subject to any statutory disqualification;

          Will not be compensated for sales services;

          Are not associated persons of broker dealers;

          Perform substantial duties for the issuer otherwise than in connection
          with securities transactions;

          Were not associated  with a broker or dealer with the 12-month  period
          prior to this offering; and

          Will not  participate in selling a securities  offering for any issuer
          more than once every 12 months.

          Shares to be Sold to Employees at a Discount

We will allow our  employees  and their  immediate  families to purchase as many
shares  offered by this  prospectus  as they wish at a discount  of 10% from the
sales price.  They will pay ($3.60 4.50 per share rather than the $4 5 per share
paid by other  investors).  Since we will not pay any sales commissions on these
shares,  the net proceeds to the company will be the same as with shares sold to
other investors by participating brokers.


Shares to be Sold by Shareholders


Four of our current shareholders are selling a total of 181,500 shares for their
own account,  representing 6.8% of the total shares to be sold in this offering.
The company  will not receive any  proceeds  from the sale of their  shares.  KC
Holmes, CEO, will sell 75,000 shares;  Heather Stone,  President and Chairman of
the Board,  75,000,  Brad Stewart,  CFO Financial Officer,  14,000; and Stanford
Smith, In-house General Counsel, 17,500.

These shares will be sold pro rata with the company's  shares until such time as
1,000,000 company shares have been sold,  whereupon all unsold shares of selling
shareholders will be sold before sale of company shares  recommences.  To ensure
that sales of shares of  selling  shareholders  do not exceed  6.8% of the total
shares sold in this offering until 1,000,000  company shares have been sold, the
company will adopt the following procedure:

          No shares of selling  shareholders  will be sold  during the  calendar
          month in which the offering commences.

          Sales  of  shares  in the  next  calendar  month  equal to 6.8% of the
          company-owned  shares sold during the  immediately  previous  calendar
          month  will  be  allocated  to the  selling  shareholders.  They  will
          allocate such sales among themselves pro rata.

          This  procedure  will be followed in all  succeeding  calendar  months
          until the Company has sold  1,000,000  of its  shares,  whereupon  all
          unsold  shares of selling  shareholders  shall be sold  before sale of
          company shares recommences.

Shares of selling  shareholders  will be sold only in the  manner the  company's
shares will be sold as described in this offering. They will not be sold through
any specially negotiated transactions, block sales, or other means.


Offering Period


The offering  will  continue  until  subscriptions  for all shares and bonds are
received,  until 9 months from the effective  date of the offering,  or until we
terminate the offering, whichever event first occurs.


                                       44
<PAGE>


Indemnification of Officers, Directors, and Selling Agents


Our Bylaws  provide  that we shall  indemnify  any  officer,  director or former
officer or director,  to the full extent  permitted by law. The  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission has advised us that in its opinion such  indemnification is
against  public  policy as expressed in the  Securities  Act and is,  therefore,
unenforceable.


How to Subscribe


Please  mail your check or money  order  payable  only to "The  Murdock  Group,"
together with a completed subscription  agreement,  directly to us at 5295 South
Commerce Drive, Suite 300, Salt Lake City, Utah 84107, attention: share
purchase.

We will  deposit  the  proceeds  from the sale of  shares  and bonds to our bank
account by noon of the business day following receipt.

We  reserve  the right to reject  any  subscription  in whole or in part,  or to
accept  subscriptions  in any  order,  for any or no reason.  If we accept  your
subscription,  we will mail you your share or bond certificate within 30 days of
the day we receive your subscription.


                                       45
<PAGE>


                                     Experts


The audited consolidated balance sheets of The Murdock Group Career Satisfaction
Corporation  and Envision  Career  Services,  L.L.C.  as of  September  30, 1998
(unaudited),  and  December  31, 1997 and 1996,  and the related  statements  of
operations,  stockholders'  deficit  and cash  flows  for  each of these  years,
included in this prospectus, have been included herein in reliance on the report
of  David  Thomson,  independent  certified  public  accountant,  given  on  the
authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

All legal matters in connection  with this  prospectus  have been passed upon by
Stanford Smith, a shareholder and our In-house General Counsel.


                             Additional Information


A  registration  statement  on Form SB-2  relating to these shares and bonds has
been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This prospectus does not
contain all of the information set forth in the  Registration  Statement and its
exhibits  and  schedules.  You are  welcome  to  examine  the full  registration
statement,  and all  reports  we file with the  Commission  as  required  by the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  These  materials  may  be  copied  at  the
Commission's  principal  office located at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549 upon payment of a reasonable  fee. The  Commission  also maintains a
site on the internet at www.sec.gov that contains this information. *Mr. Stewart
began work at the company on October 16, 1998.


                                       46
<PAGE>
                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)

                                      AND

                           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

                                      WITH

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT



                                       47
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION



                                Table of Contents

                                                                      Page
                                                                      ----


Independent Auditor's Report                                           49

Consolidated Balance Sheets                                           50-51

Consolidated Statements of Operations                                  52

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity                         53

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                                  54

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                           55-76

                                       48
<PAGE>

[letterhead]
David T. Thompson P.C.                               Certified Public Accountant
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Independent Auditor's Report
- ----------------------------



Board of Directors
THE MURDOCK GROUP
CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION


I have  audited the  consolidated  balance  sheets of The Murdock  Group  Career
Satisfaction  Corporation  as of May 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996 and
the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for the five months  ended May 31, 1998,  for the year ended  December 31,
1997 and from inception  (August 5, 1996) to December 31, 1996.  These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. My responsibility
is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on my audit.

I conducted my audit in accordance with generally  accepted auditing  standards.
Those standards  require that I plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
I believe that my audit provides a reasonable basis for my opinion.

In my opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position of The Murdock Group
Career  Satisfaction  Corporation,  as of May 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and
1996, and the consolidated  results of their operations and their cash flows for
the  periods  indicated,   in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements have been prepared assuming
that the Company will continue as a going concern.  As shown in the consolidated
financial  statements,  the Company has  experienced a consolidated  net loss of
$1,444,726  for the five  month  period  ended  May 31,  1998  and has  incurred
substantial net losses since its inception. At May 31, 1998, current liabilities
exceed current assets by $1,616,280 and total liabilities exceed total assets by
$3,310,768. These factors, and the others discussed in Note 8, raise substantial
doubt  about  the  Company's  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  The
consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the
recoverability  and  classification  of  recorded  assets,  or the  amounts  and
classification  of liabilities  that might be necessary in the event the Company
cannot continue in existence.


                                                   /s/ David T. Thompson P.C.
                                                   --------------------------
                                                   David T. Thompson P.C.


Salt Lake City, Utah
September 16, 1998


                                       49
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                As of May 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     ASSETS
                                                                     September 30
                                                                          1998            1997          1996
                                                                    --------------- --------------- ---------------

<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
     Cash and cash equivalents                                      $     1,968     $    1,604      $   5,994
     Current portion of contracts receivable - Note 3                   557,678        381,955         25,768
     Current portion of contracts receivable - related parties            5,423          5,273           --
     Prepaid expenses and other                                          72,414         23,402          6,929
     Current portion of amounts due from related parties - Note 9       449,949          1,800           --
     Deferred offering costs                                             94,658           --             --
                                                                    --------------- --------------- ---------------

               Total current assets                                   1,182,090        414,034         38,691
                                                                    --------------- --------------- ---------------

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, at cost
     Computer equipment                                                 168,823         83,291          1,240
     Equipment, furniture and fixtures                                  195,088         88,915          9,815
     Leasehold improvements and other                                    69,274          4,195          2,035
     Property and equipment held under capital leases                   346,858        259,642          5,521
                                                                    --------------- --------------- ---------------
                                                                        780,043        436,043         18,611
     Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization                   (120,030)      (39,875)            (59)
                                                                    --------------- --------------- ---------------
               Total property and equipment, net                        660,013        396,168         17,752
                                                                    --------------- --------------- ---------------
OTHER ASSETS
     Contracts receivable - less current portion - Note 3               250,378        427,917         35,677
     Contracts receivable - related party - less current portion          3,267          7,033          2,245
     Intangible assets, net - Note 2                                     57,596         59,294         65,278
     Deposits and other assets                                          247,670         36,618          5,030
     Investments and other assets                                        25,000         25,000           --
     Amounts due from related parties, net - Note 9                       1,834         28,846          9,440
                                                                    --------------- --------------- ---------------
               Total Other Assets                                       585,745        586,708        117,670
                                                                    --------------- --------------- ---------------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                        $ 2,427,848     $1,396,910      $ 174,113
                                                                    =============== =============== ===============
</TABLE>

              The      accompanying   notes  are  an  integral   part  of  these
                       consolidated financial statements.





                                       50
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

       As of September 30, 1998 (Unaudited) and December 31, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                                                                              September 30,
                                                                                  1998           1997            1996
                                                                             --------------- --------------  --------------

<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES
     Accounts payable                                                        $  342,708     $  249,346         23,977
     Accrued payroll costs and wages payable                                    161,828        201,620          7,497
     Short-term debt - Note 15                                                2,710,000        113,000        130,353
     Short-term debt - related parties - Note 16                                282,500        128,571         64,326
     Current portion of long-term debt - Note 17                                595,562         18,307           --
     Current portion of long-term debt - related parties - Note 18              270,600           --             --
     Current portion of obligation under capital leases - Note 7                 90,681         59,066          4,559
     Other accrued liabilities                                                  150,442         40,144          6,135
     Unearned revenue - Note 2                                                  247,174        744,314         77,046
                                                                            --------------- --------------  --------------
          Total current liabilities                                           4,851,495      1,554,368        313,893
                                                                            --------------- --------------  --------------
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
     Long-term debt - Note 17                                                 1,751,832      1,563,420           --
     Long-term debt-related parties - Note 18                                   118,489           --             --
     Convertible debenture - Note 13                                            240,000           --             --
     Obligations under capital leases - Note 7                                  263,505        147,274           --
                                                                            --------------- --------------  --------------
          Total long-term liabilities                                         2,373,826      1,710,694           --
                                                                            --------------- --------------  --------------


COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - Note 6

STOCKHOLDERS'  EQUITY (DEFICIT)
     Common  Stock  - Class  A, no par  value,  100,000,000  shares  authorized;
        8,488,740 (Unaudited),9,880,000 and 9,880,000 shares
        issued and outstanding respectively                                     502,118            988            988
     Common Stock - Class B, no par value, no shares issued and
        outstanding                                                                --              --             --
     Treasury Stock Class A-Common 2,000,000 Shares                                 (45)           --             --
     Subscriptios Receivable-Common Stock-Class A                              (160,000)           --             --
     Accumulated Deficit                                                     (5,139,546)    (1,869,140)      (140,768)
                                                                            --------------- --------------  --------------
            Total stockholders' equity (deficit)                             (4,797,473)    (1,868,152)      (139,780)
                                                                            --------------- --------------  --------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                  $ 2,427,848     $1,396,910      $ 174,113
                                                                            =============== ==============  ==============
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                       51
                                     <PAGE>
                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

              For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1998 and 1997
       (Unaudited) , For the Year Ended December 31, 1997, and From August
                    5, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             September 30,
                                                       --------------------------
                                                          1998           1997            1997           1996
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                        (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)

<S>                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
SERVICE REVENUES, inclusive of interest charged        $ 2,348,420    $   342,396    $   694,093    $    33,662
     Less:  Contract cancellations                        (646,042)       (47,671)      (101,543)        (3,665)
               Contract discounts                         (274,070)       (32,513)       (40,720)        (2,541)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
               Total, net                                1,428,308        262,212        551,830         27,456
DIRECT COST OF SERVICES                                  1,396,448        338,798        667,402         46,163
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
               Gross profit (loss)                          31,860        (76,586)      (115,572)       (18,707)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
OPERATING EXPENSES
     Selling, General and administrative                 1,409,067        360,817        704,566         70,810
     New products research and development                 718,701        274,667        556,854         37,904
     Depreciation and amortization                          76,074         17,574         32,796          2,578
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total operating expenses                       2,203,842        653,058      1,294,216        111,292
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS                           (2,171,982)      (729,644)    (1,409,788)      (129,999)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
     Interest expense                                     (702,864)      (138,252)      (248,387)        (9,893)
     Interest income                                        22,800           --              126            112
     Non-trade receivables write-off and other, net       (419,348)       (66,836)       (70,323)          --
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total, net                                    (1,099,412)      (205,088)      (318,584)        (9,781)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                      $(3,271,394)   $  (934,732)   $(1,728,372)   $  (139,780)
                                                       ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
EARNINGS PER SHARE                                     $     (0.36)   $     (0.09)   $     (0.17)   $     (0.01)
                                                       ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE CLASS A SHARES                         (9,184,370)     9,880,000      9,880,000      9,880,000
                                                       ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.
                             52


<PAGE>
                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1998 (Unaudited), For the Year Ended December 31, 1997,
            and From August 5, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996

                                                                      Common Stock - Class A
                                                          ----------------------------------------------
                                                           Number of                   Number of                 Stock
                                                            shares        Amount   shares held in  Amount     Subscription    Amount
                                                          outstanding                  treasury                Receivable   Deficit
                                                          -----------  ----------- -----------  -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                                                        <C>              <C>                    <C>             <C>          <C>
BALANCE, August 5, 1996 (Inception)                                -        $ -             -      $ -             $ -          $ -
* Shares issued to initial stockholders at incorporation   9,880,000        988             -        -               -         (988)
Net loss                                                          -          -             -        -               -      (139,780)
                                                          -----------  ----------- -----------  -----------  ----------- -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996                                 9,880,000        988             -        -               -     (140,768)
Net loss                                                          -          -             -        -               -    (1,728,372)
                                                          -----------  ----------- -----------  -----------  ----------- -----------

BALANCE, December 31, 1997                                 9,880,000        988             -        -               -   (1,869,140)
* Shares issued pursuant to offering of promissory notes at a
     value of $.01 per share during January 1998 (Unaudited) 150,000      1,500             -        -               -            -
* Cancellation of treasury shares, February 1998 at $.0001
     per share (Unaudited)                                   (29,200)        (3)            -        -               -            -
* Shares issued to two individuals for services rendered at
     $.01 per share (Unaudited)                               48,000        200             -        -               -            -
* Cancellation of treasury shares, March 1998 at $.0001
      per share (Unaudited)                                  (20,000)        (2)            -        -               -            -
* Shares issued to trusts at $.01 per share (Unaudited)       25,000        250             -        -               -            -
* Cancellation of treasury shares at $.0001
     per share (Unaudited)                                   (25,000)        (2)            -        -               -            -
* Issuance of shares in exchange for members
    interest in LLC (Unaudited)                            8,205,800          -             -        -               -            -
* Cancellation of shares received and dissolution
     of LLC (Unaudited)                                   (8,205,800)      (821)            -        -               -          988
Repurchase of shares from initial stockholder at $.0001
     per share (Unaudited)                                  (800,000)         -       800,000      (80)              -            -
Shares issued to an induvidual at $.0001
     per share (Unaudited)                                   300,000          -      (300,000)      30               -            -
Shares issued to employees as bonus at $.0001
     per share (Unaudited)                                    49,500          -       (49,500)       5               -            -
Shares issued to an individual for cash and subscription
     agreement at $1.33 per share (Unaudited)                375,940    500,000             -        -        (160,000)           -
Shares issued to an individual pursuant to employment
     agreement at $.0001 per share (Unaudited)                84,000          8             -        -               -            -
Shares contributed to treasury by                         (1,549,500)         -     1,549,500        -               -            -
     initial stockholders (Unaudited)
Net Loss (Unaudited)                                              -           -             -        -               -   (3,271,394)
                                                          -----------  ----------- -----------  -----------  ----------- -----------
BALANCE, September 30, 1998 (Unaudited)                    8,488,740   $502,118     2,000,000    $ (45)     $ (160,000) $(5,139,546)
                                                         ===========  =========== ===========  ===========  =========== ===========
</TABLE>

* After the effect of recapitalization

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.



                                       53
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS For the Nine Months

                        Ended September 30, 1998 and 1997
       (Unaudited), For the Year Ended December 31, 1997, and From August
                    5, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996

                                                                        September 30,
                                                                 ------------------------------
                                                                       1998          1997           1997           1996
                                                                    -----------    ---------     -----------     ---------

                                                                 (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)

<S>                                                                <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     Net loss                                                      $(3,271,394)     $ (934,732)  $ (1,728,372)   $ (139,780)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
          in operating activities
               Nonmonetary stock transactions for expenses and other     2,073               -              -             -
               Depreciation and amortization                            93,376          24,408         45,550         3,581
           Change in operating assets and liabilities
               Contracts receivable                                      1,816        (528,906)      (748,427)     (161,445)
               Contracts receivable - related party                      3,616          (2,695)       (10,061)       (2,245)
               Prepaid expenses and other                              (49,012)         (8,506)       (16,473)       (6,929)
               Amounts due from related parties - current             (448,149)              -         (1,800)            -
               Deferred Offering Costs                                 (94,658)
               Intangible assets                                       (11,523)              -           (550)      (68,000)
               Deposits and other assets                              (209,052)        (24,101)       (33,588)       (5,030)
               Amounts due from related parties                         27,012         (59,475)       (19,406)       (9,440)
               Accounts payable                                         93,362         113,569        225,369        23,977
               Accrued payroll costs and wages                         (39,792)         76,833        194,123         7,497
               Other accrued liabilities                               110,298          19,623         34,009         6,135
               Unearned revenue                                       (497,140)        481,334        667,268        77,046
                                                                    -----------       ---------    -----------     ---------
                    Net cash used in operating activities           (4,289,167)       (842,648)    (1,392,358)     (274,633)
                                                                    -----------       ---------    -----------     ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
     Purchases of property and equipment                              (344,000)       (359,968)      (417,432)      (18,611)
     Investments in securities and investment trust                         -          (25,000)       (25,000)           -
                                                                            --         --------       --------           -
                    Net cash used in investing activities             (344,000)       (384,968)      (442,432)      (18,611)
                                                                    -----------       ---------    -----------     ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
     Proceeds from debt                                              8,025,978       1,617,271      2,028,402       284,521
     Principle payments on debt                                     (3,732,447)       (345,883)      (198,002)      (85,283)
     Proceeds from sale of stock                                       340,000              -              -             -
                                                                    -----------       ---------    -----------     ---------
                    Net cash provided by financing activities        4,633,531       1,271,388      1,830,400       199,238
                                                                    -----------       ---------    -----------     ---------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                  364          43,772         (4,390)      (94,006)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEG OF PERIOD                                1,604           5,994          5,994            -
                                                                    -----------       ---------    -----------     ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - END OF PERIOD                          $     1,968      $   49,766   $     1,604     $ (94,006)
                                                                    -----------       ---------    -----------     ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION Cash paid during the year for:
          Interest                                                 $   603,547      $  123,009   $   218,506     $  26,632
                                                                    -----------       ---------    -----------     ---------
          Income taxes                                             $         -      $        -   $         -     $       -
                                                                    -----------       ---------    -----------     ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH
     INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
          Stock issued as compensation                             $       213
                                                                    -----------
          Stock issued as debt issue cost                          $     1,500
                                                                    -----------
          Debt exchange for corporate promissory notes             $   150,000
                                                                    -----------

</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                              financial statements



                                       54
<PAGE>

                                     
                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF OPERATIONS

         The  Murdock  Group  Career  Satisfaction  Corporation  (Company)  is a
         job-search  and employment  consulting  company.  The Company  services
         professionals   with  five  or  more  years  of   experience   who  are
         dissatisfied with their career direction or current job situation.  The
         Company offers job-search training workshops,  consultants and coaches,
         and access to a job-search  resource center.  The Company also provides
         full-service  hiring assistance,  including training,  recruiting,  and
         outplacement, to corporations.  The Company's main office is located in
         Salt Lake City,  Utah.  The Company has signed a lease for office space
         in Seattle,  Washington  and an office was opened there.  Substantially
         all of the Company's  revenue is from the services  described above. At
         its inception, the Company purchased assets, a copyright, rights to the
         business name and  miscellaneous  intangible  assets from an individual
         operating as a sole proprietorship DBA The Murdock Group.

         Envision Career Services LLC. DBA The Murdock Group (Envision), owned a
         majority  share of the  corporation  prior to the business  combination
         with the Company and its dissolution. Envision originally conducted the
         business activities explained above which now continue in the surviving
         corporate entity.

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Use  of  Estimates  -  The  preparation  of  financial   statements  in
         conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires
         management to make estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported
         amounts of assets and liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets
         and  liabilities  at the  date  of the  financial  statements  and  the
         reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported  periods.
         Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         Consolidation  principles  - The  accompanying  consolidated  financial
         statements  include the  accounts of the  Companies  as outlined in the
         business combination as explained in note 4. Intercompany  transactions
         and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

         Net income per share - The  computation  of net income (loss) per share
         of  common  stock is based on the  weighted  average  number  of shares
         outstanding during the period presented.

         Revenue  Recognition - The Company  provides most of its services under
         various  types of contracts  for  services to be rendered.  Revenue for
         these   services  is  recognized  as  service  is  rendered,   and  the
         recognition  is based on contract  type.  One year contract  revenue is
         amortized  evenly  by month  over a 12 month  period.  The  portion  of
         revenue that is unrecognized remains as unearned revenue until services
         have been rendered. A flex contract is amortized evenly by month over a
         4-month  period,  and the  unrecognized  portion of revenue  remains as
         unearned revenue until it has been earned. Revenue for 60-day guarantee
         and 90-day guarantee contracts is not recognized until the guarantee is
         fulfilled. When the guarantee has been fulfilled, the entire portion of
         revenue  is  recognized.  Prior to  fulfillment  of the  guarantee,  it
         remains as  unearned  revenue.  Unearned  revenue  is all  unrecognized
         revenue for the above  contract  types,  and is  $247,174  (Unaudited),
         $744,314,  and $77,046  for the  periods  ending  September  30,  1998,
         (unaudited)  December  31,  1997 and  1996,  respectively.  Revenue  is
         recognized  completely  in the  month it is earned  for those  services
         requiring   less  than  one   month  to   complete.   Cash   discounts,
         cancellations,  and write-offs are recognized based on certain criteria
         such as time since last payment made,  cancellation requests negotiated
         and granted, and contract price reduction due to early cash payment.


                                       55
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - CONTINUED

         Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  - The  Company  considers  highly  liquid
         investments  with an original  maturity  of three  months or less to be
         cash and cash  equivalents.  Cash and cash  equivalents are recorded at
         cost, which approximates market value.

         Property and  Equipment - Property and equipment are stated at cost and
         depreciated using the straight-line  method over their estimated useful
         lives.  Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over the  terms of the
         respective  leases  or the  estimated  economic  lives  of the  assets,
         whichever is shorter.  The depreciation and amortization periods are as
         follows:

                  Computer equipment and software              3-5 years
                  Office equipment                               5 years
                  Art, furniture and fixtures                    7 years
                  Leasehold improvements and other               5 years

         Certain  art  works  are  artist  originals  and  may  or  may  not  be
         depreciated.

         Upon  retirement or other  disposition of property and  equipment,  the
         cost and related accumulated  depreciation and amortization are removed
         from the accounts.  The resulting  gain or loss is reflected in income.
         Major renewals and betterments are capitalized while minor expenditures
         for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

         Intangible  Assets - Intangible assets consist of the following amounts
         as of September 30, 1998 (Unaudited) and December 31, 1997 and 1996:
                                             1998           1997          1996
                                             ----           ----          ----
                                         (Unaudited)
Miscellaneous intangibles ............     $ 15,000      $ 15,000      $ 15,000
Copyright ............................       53,000        53,000        53,000
Organization costs ...................          550           550          --
Debt issue costs .....................       11,523          --            --
                                           --------      --------      --------
Total ................................       80,073        68,550        68,000
Less accumulated amortization ........      (22,477)       (9,256)       (2,722)
                                           --------      --------      --------
                                           $ 57,596      $ 59,294      $ 65,278
                                           ========      ========      ========

         Goodwill and organization  costs are amortized using the  straight-line
         method over 5 years. The copyright is amortized using the straight-line
         method  over 15  years.  Debt  issue  costs  are  amortized  using  the
         straight-line method over 2 years.

         Accounting  for the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets  - The  Company
         accounts  for  impairment  of  long-lived  assets  in  accordance  with
         Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards   ("SFAS")  No.  121,
         "Accounting for the Impairment of long-lived  Assets and for long-lived
         Assets to be Disposed of." SFAS 121 requires that long-lived  assets be
         reviewed for  impairment  whenever  events of changes in  circumstances
         indicate that the book value of the asset may not be  recoverable.  The
         Company  evaluates  at each  balance  sheet  date  whether  events  and
         circumstances  have  occurred  that indicate  possible  impairment.  In
         accordance  with SFAS No.  121,  the  Company  uses an  estimate of the
         future  undiscounted  net cash  flows of the  related  assets  over the
         remaining life in measuring whether the assets are recoverable.


                                       56
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -CONTINUED

         Income  Taxes -  Income  taxes  are  provided  for the tax  effects  of
         transactions  reported in the financial statements and consist of taxes
         currently  due plus  deferred  income  taxes  related  primarily to the
         difference  between the corporation  reporting income on the cash basis
         for tax  purposes and the  reporting of income on the accrual  basis of
         accounting  for financial  statement  purposes.  Deferred  income taxes
         represent   the  future   income  tax   consequence   of  those  timing
         differences, which will in the future be taxable or deductible when the
         assets or liabilities are recovered or settled.

         Concentrations  of Credit Risk - The  Company's  financial  instruments
         that potentially  subject the Company to  concentrations of credit risk
         consist principally of cash, contracts receivable, and loans to related
         parties. In the normal course of business,  the Company provides credit
         terms to its customers.  The Company's contracts  receivable are mainly
         with individuals residing across the Wasatch Front of Utah. The Company
         performs on going credit  evaluations  of its  customers  and maintains
         allowances  for  possible  losses,   but  typically  does  not  require
         collateral. Total contracts receivable net of allowances were $816,746,
         (unaudited)  $822,178 and $63,690 at September 30, 1998 (Unaudited) and
         December 31, 1997 and 1996 respectively.

         Unaudited  and  Audited  Interim   Information  -  In  the  opinion  of
         management, the unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments,
         consisting only of normal adjustments,  necessary to present fairly the
         results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  for the  nine  months  ended
         September 30, 1998 and 1997.  The results of operations  and cash flows
         for the nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998 and 1997  should  not
         necessarily  be taken as indicative  of the results of  operations  and
         cash flows for the entire year ending December 31, 1998, and 1997.

         Research and  Development  Costs - Research and  Development  costs are
         expensed as incurred.

         Reclassification  - Certain accounts have been  reclassified to conform
         with current presentations.

NOTE 3 - CONTRACTS RECEIVABLE - NON RELATED

         Contracts receivable consists of the following:

                                      September 30,   December 31,  December 31,
         CURRENT                         1998             1997           1996
         -------                         ----             ----             ----
                                       (Unaudited)
Contracts Receivable                   $ 685,356       $ 457,732       $  25,768
Write-Off Allowance                     (127,678)        (75,777)           --
                                       ---------       ---------       ---------
         Net                           $ 557,678       $ 381,955       $  25,768
                                       =========       =========       =========

                                      September 30,   December 31,  December 31,
         NON-CURRNET                     1998             1997           1996
         -----------                     ----             ----           ----
                                      (Unaudited)
Contracts Receivable                   $ 307,700       $ 516,009       $  35,677
Write-Off Allowance                      (57,322)        (88,092)           --
                                       ---------       ---------       ---------
         Net                           $ 250,378       $ 427,917       $  35,677
                                       =========       =========       =========


                                       57
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 3 - CONTRACTS RECEIVABLE - NON RELATED - CONTINUED

                                      September 30,   December 31,  December 31,
         TOTAL                            1998            1997           1996
         ---------                        ----            ----           ----
                                      (Unaudited)
Contracts Receivable                   $ 993,056       $ 973,741       $  61,445
Write-Off Allowance                     (185,000)       (163,869)           --
                                       ---------       ---------       ---------
         Net                           $ 808,056       $ 809,872       $  61,445
                                       =========       =========       =========

NOTE 4 - BUSINESS COMBINATION

         Effective May 31, 1998,  the members of the limited  liability  company
         (Envision)  exchanged their membership  interest for shares of stock in
         The Murdock Group Career  Satisfaction  Corporation  (Murdock),  a Utah
         Corporation.  Envision's  members  conveyed  all  of  their  membership
         interest to Murdock in exchange for 8,205,800  shares of Murdock stock.
         As a result of the  transaction,  Envision's  membership  interests  in
         Envision were terminated and Envision was dissolved. As a result of the
         exchange, a majority of Murdock stock was owned by Envision members and
         they assumed the  operating  control of the combined  entity,  Murdock.
         Where the ownership and operating control in the combined entity reside
         in  shareholders  of  the  acquired  corporation,   generally  accepted
         accounting principles require that Envision be treated as the purchaser
         for accounting  presentation.  The business combination of Murdock with
         Envision was accounted for as a  combination  of entities  under common
         control,  similar  to a pooling of  interests.  No  acquired  assets or
         liabilities  were  adjusted to fair value.  Murdock had no operating or
         material assets or liabilities prior to May 31, 1998, and the financial
         statements  are  essentially  the  historical  financial  statements of
         Envision.  Envision's  equity has been  adjusted  to reflect  the above
         accounting  treatment,  therefore,   consolidated  historical  data  of
         Envision from inception has been combined and shown in these  financial
         statements until the liquidation of Envision.

NOTE 5 - INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS

         The securities  investments held by the Company have been classified as
         available-for-sale  securities.  Securities  are recorded at fair value
         and are recorded in the  investments  and other  assets  section on the
         balance sheet.  Any change in the fair value of the  securities  during
         the  periods  shown is  excluded  from  earnings  and is  recorded as a
         separate  component  of  equity.  The  Company  paid  nothing  for  the
         securities  held  and  it is  believed  that  the  fair  value  of  the
         securities  at the periods  shown was also zero,  so no change in value
         has  been  recorded  in  the  financial  statements  and  there  are no
         unrealized holding gains or losses.

         The Company has a 10%  interest  in a trust that  engages in  investing
         activities. It paid $25,000 for its ownership interest.  Investments in
         companies or entities in which the Company has less than a 20% interest
         are  carried  at cost.  Dividends  received  from those  companies  are
         included in other income.

NOTE 6 - NONCANCELABLE OPERATING LEASES

         The Company  leases office  facilities  under  noncancelable  operating
         leases.  Management  expects  that,  in the normal  course of business,
         leases that expire will be renewed or replaced by other leases.



                                       58
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6 - NONCANCELABLE OPERATING LEASES - CONTINUED

         Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable  operating leases are
as follows:

                  Calendar Year Ending September 30,            Amount
                  ----------------------------------         ------------
                                   (Unaudited)
                  1998                                       $    399,068
                  1999                                            493,450
                  2000                                            352,107
                  2001                                            369,982
                  2002                                            386,407
                  Thereafter                                      202,885
                                                             ------------
                                                             $  2,203,899
                                                             ============
                  Fiscal Year Ending December 31,               Amount
                  ------------------------------             ------------
                  1998                                       $    361,823
                  1999                                            343,036
                  2000                                            195,960
                  2001                                            208,108
                  2002                                            218,800
                  Thereafter                                       73,960
                                                             -------------
                                                             $   1,401,687
                                                             =============
         Facility  rental  expense for the  periods  ending  September  30, 1998
         (Unaudited),  December 31, 1997 and 1996 totaled approximately $307,761
         (Unaudited), $135,146, and $7,735 respectively.

NOTE 7 - CAPITAL LEASES

         The Company is the lessee of computer  software,  hardware,  and office
         furniture and fixtures under capital  leases  expiring in various years
         through the year 2002 and thereafter.  The assets and liabilities under
         capital  leases are  recorded at the lower of the present  value of the
         minimum lease  payments or the fair value of the asset.  The assets are
         amortized (or depreciated)  over the lower of their related lease terms
         or their estimated productive lives.  Amortization (or depreciation) of
         assets under  capital  leases is included in  depreciation  expense for
         September 30, 1998 (Unaudited), December 31, 1997 and 1996.

         Following is a summary of property held under capital leases:

                                       September 30,   December 31  December 31,
                                            1998           1997          1996
                                          ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                                     (Unaudited)
Computer equipment                        $  92,617      $140,256  $      5,521
Equipment, furniture and fixtures           205,811        70,956          --
Leasehold improvements and other             48,430        48,430          --
                                          ---------     ---------     ---------

                                            346,858       259,642         5,521
Less: accumulated amortization
     (or depreciation)                      (53,373)      (20,295)         (184)
                                          ---------     ---------     ---------

                                          $ 293,485      $239,347   $     5,337
                                          =========     =========     =========



                                       59
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7 - CAPITAL LEASES - CONTINUED

         Minimum future lease payments under capital leases for each of the next
         five years and in the aggregate at September 30, 1998  (Unaudited)  and
         December 31, 1997 are:

                  Fiscal Year Ending December 31,                        Amount
                  -------------------------------                        ------
                                1998                                  $  38,724
                                1999                                    150,618
                                2000                                    128,559
                                2001                                     51,863
                                2002                                     28,321
Thereafter                                                               11,374

         Total Minimum Lease Payments                                   409,459
         Less:  Executory costs                                            --
                                                                      ---------

         Net minimum lease payments                                     409,459
         Less:  Amount representing interest                            (55,273)
                                                                      ---------

         Present value of net minimum lease payment                     354,186
         Less current portion                                           (90,681)
                                                                      ---------

         Long-term portion                                            $ 263,505
                                                                      =========

                  Fiscal year ending December 31, 1997                   Amount
                  ------------------------------------                   ------
                                1998                                  $  97,938
                                1999                                     70,674
                                2000                                     61,050
                                2001                                     39,106
                                2002                                     28,484
                                2003                                          --
                                                                      ---------

         Total minimum lease payments                                   297,252
         Less: Executory costs                                             --
                                                                      ---------
         Net minimum lease payment                                      297,252
         Less:  Amount representing interest                            (90,912)
                                                                      ---------

         Present value of net minimum lease payments                    206,340
         Less current portion                                           (59,066)
                                                                      ---------

         Long-term portion                                            $ 147,274
                                                                      =========

         Interest rates on capitalized leases average 28% to 32% and are imputed
         based  on the  lower of  Company's  incremental  borrowing  rate at the
         inception of each lease or the lessor's implicit rate of return.


                                       60
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 8 - GOING CONCERN

         The accompanying  financial statements have been prepared in conformity
         with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  which  contemplates
         continuation  of the Company as a going concern.  However,  the Company
         has  sustained  substantial   operating  losses  since  inception.   In
         addition,  the Company has used substantial  amounts of working capital
         in its  operations.  Further,  at September  30, 1998  (Unaudited)  and
         December  31,  1997,  current  liabilities  exceed  current  assets  by
         $3,669,405   (Unaudited)   and  $1,140,334   respectively,   and  total
         liabilities   exceed  total  assets  by  $4,797,473   (Unaudited)   and
         $1,868,152, respectively.

         In view of these matters,  realization of a major portion of the assets
         in  the   accompanying   balance  sheet  is  dependent  upon  continued
         operations  of the  Company,  which  in  turn  is  dependent  upon  the
         Company's ability to meet its financing  requirements,  and the success
         of its future operations.

         Management  believes that a major  contribution  of losses to date were
         incurred  while   developing  the  Company's   proprietary   job-search
         technology  into a training  system  that  serviced a larger  volume of
         customers. The Company has completed development on the training system
         and  anticipates  that  it now  has a  product  that  can  be  serviced
         profitably.  In September  1998,  the Company moved 13 employees out of
         the Salt Lake City office to open a satellite office in Seattle because
         that additional  staff was no longer needed to service the newer,  more
         efficient  product.  Other  satellite  offices  are  planned  for first
         quarter 1999.

         The Company  intends to allocate  administrative  costs across multiple
         locations,  thereby  reducing  the  financial  impact of the  Company's
         investment to date in infrastructure  items such as computer technology
         and human resources,  accounting, and operations staff. Management also
         anticipates  a reduction  in  charge-off  expense with the new product.
         Management  expects that completion of the public offering described in
         Note 11 will enable the Company to  restructure or pay off the majority
         of its high-interest debts, thereby reducing monthly interest expense.

         To summarize,  management's  plan for overcoming losses includes moving
         staff to satellite offices, allocating infrastructure investment across
         multiple locations,  reducing charge-off expense, and reducing interest
         expense.

NOTE 9 - DUE FROM RELATED PARTIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Amounts due from related parties consists of the following:

                                                    September 30,      December 31,     December 31,
                                                       1998               1997             1996
                                                       ----               ----             ----
                                                     (Unaudited)
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>              <C>
         Loans to officers, directors and LLC
         members. The loans are unsecured
         with interest at 8%                         $ 331,494         $   86,095       $   9,440

         Less allowance for uncollectibility
         due to personal guarantees on other
         Company debts                                (331,494)           (86,095)              -

</TABLE>



                                       61
<PAGE>


                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9 - DUE FROM RELATED PARTIES - CONTINUED

                                        September 30,  December 31, December 31,
                                             1998        1997          1996
                                             ----        ----          ----
                                          (Unaudited)
Advance due from relative of stockholder,
director, and LLC member, repaid in
October, 1998 (Unaudited)                  $  75,000    $    --     $    --

Loan due from employee at 6% interest,
due July 14, 2000, unsecured                   4,000         --          --

Loan to an affiliated  company through a revolving line of credit dated November
30, 1996, loans carry interest at 10%, loan
balance is unsecured                         298,024       28,846        --

Loan to employee, repaid in
October, 1998 (Unaudited)                     67,000         --          --

Employee advances, no interest and
unsecured, paid by payroll deductions          7,759        1,800        --
                                           ---------    ---------   ---------

Total                                        451,783       30,646       9,440

Less current portion                        (449,949)      (1,800)        --
                                           ---------    ---------   ---------

Long-term portion                          $   1,834    $  28,846   $   9,440
                                           =========    =========   =========

NOTE 10 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         The  Company  regularly  purchases  computer  hardware,  software,  and
         services  from  Coastlink  Consulting,  which is a sole  proprietorship
         registered in the State of Utah.  The owner of Coastlink  Consulting is
         also an officer and employee of the Company.

         The Company has a  consulting  agreement  with an owner and employee of
         The Pinebrook Group, which is a sole  proprietorship  registered in the
         State of Utah.  The owner  employee of Pinebrook was also a shareholder
         in The Murdock Group Career Satisfaction  Corporation until the Company
         repurchased all of the shares owned by the individual (see note 21).

         During January of 1998,  the Company sold $375,000 of Promissory  notes
         and issued  150,000  Class A shares to related  parties  pursuant  to a
         private placement memorandum.  The Company is paying interest of 16% to
         18% on these notes (See note 18).

         Interest  paid to related  parties at  December  31,  1997 and 1996 was
         approximately , $23,670 and $3,521 respectively.

         The Company made advances and  short-term  loans to employees and other
         related parties amounting to $284,334,  $30,646, and $0 as of September
         30, 1998, December 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996, respectively.


                                       62
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 10 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS - CONTINUED

         Officers,   directors  and  majority   shareholders  owed  the  Company
         $331,494,  $86,095,  and $9,440 as of September  30, 1998  December 31,
         1997 and December 31, 1996,  respectively.  The Company has provided an
         allowance for these receivable amounts.

         The  Company  was  indebted  to  employees  $340,000,  $0, and $0 as of
         September   30,  1998,   December  31,  1997  and  December  31,  1996,
         respectively,  relating to a private placement  offering,  and owed the
         parents of an employee  $49,089 for funds advanced to the Company under
         a line of credit arrangement as of September 30, 1998.

NOTE 11 - PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING

         The Company is preparing a prospectus for an initial  public  offering,
         consisting  of the sale of  Company  shares and the  issuance  of bonds
         (repaying  principal and 15% interest compounded annually at the end of
         4  years).  In  addition,  four of the  corporations  stockholders  are
         seeking  to  sell  shares.  The  Company  is  planning  to pay a  sales
         commission on the sale of its shares and its bonds. Direct costs of the
         offering are estimated to be $200,000. The shares and bonds issued will
         be those of the corporation  remaining  after the business  combination
         (See Note 4).

NOTE 12 - EMPLOYEE LEASING COMPANY

         The  Company is not the  employer  of record for the  employees  of the
         Company.  The Company uses an employee  leasing company named Employers
         Solutions Group (ESG).  ESG is the official  employer of record and all
         benefits  are  administered  on its plans.  This  includes,  but is not
         limited to,  medical and dental  insurance,  flex days off,  401k plan,
         cafeteria  plan,  and  all  applicable   payroll  taxes,   filings  and
         notifications. ESG bills the Company for the services it provides.

NOTE 13 - CONVERTIBLE BONDS

         The Company has sold $240,000 of Convertible Bonds,  ($140,000 of which
         is unaudited),  to various  trusts  pursuant to a Regulation D Offering
         utilizing a Disclosure  Memorandum  dated April 29, 1998. The bonds are
         convertible to Class A common shares of the Company (the "Shares") upon
         the terms set forth below.

         If and when a public  offering of Shares is approved by an  appropriate
         securities  regulatory  agency,  and upon  Company  receipt of the Bond
         holders' notice(s) of intent to convert,  the Bonds may be converted to
         Shares at a discount  of 20% from the  offering  price,  but only until
         such date,  if any,  that the Shares are listed for trading on a public
         exchange.

         After the Listing Date, and upon Company receipt of a conversion notice
         from the  bondholder(s),  the Bond(s) may be converted into Shares only
         upon the following terms:

                  During a 6-month  period  commencing on the Listing Date,  the
         Bonds may be  converted to Shares at a discount of 20% from the average
         Share trading  price during the 30-day period prior to Company  receipt
         of the conversion notice.

         During the period from 7 to 18 months after the Listing Date, the Bonds
         may be converted to Shares at a discount of 10% from the average  Share
         trading price during the 30-day period prior to Company  receipt of the
         conversion notice.


                                       63
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13 - CONVERTIBLE BONDS - CONTINUED

                  During a 6-month  period  commencing on the Listing Date,  the
                  Bonds may be converted to Shares at a discount of 20% from the
                  average  Share trading price during the 30-day period prior to
                  Company receipt of the conversion notice.

                  During the period from 7 to 18 months after the Listing  Date,
                  the Bonds may be converted to Shares at a discount of 10% from
                  the average Share trading price during the 30-day period prior
                  to Company receipt of the conversion notice.

         The Bonds may be converted to Shares only in increments  of $1,000.  No
         fractional Shares will be issued. Converted Bonds will be canceled upon
         issuance of Shares to the converting Bond holder(s).

         The Bonds are  callable by the Company at any time upon 30-day  written
         notice  (the  "Exercise  Period")  to the Bond  holder(s).  During  the
         Exercise  Period such Bond  holder(s) may elect to convert the Bonds to
         Shares upon the discount terms set forth above. If the Company does not
         receive  a  conversion  notice  from  such Bond  holder(s)  within  the
         Exercise  Period,  the Company  shall pay to such holders all principal
         and accrued interest with respect to such Bond(s) within 30 days of the
         end of the Exercise Period.

         As of the present date, the Company's shares have not been approved for
         public sale. Accordingly, no conversion notices have been received.

NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES

         Income tax provision consists of the following:

         Current income taxes payable                $         -
         Deferred tax benefit                            (20,702)
         Allowance for realization                        20,702
                                                     -----------
                                                     $         -
                                                     ===========

         Deferred   income  tax   liability  or  benefit   results  from  timing
         differences  in the  recognition  of revenues  and expenses for tax and
         financial  purposes.  The source of the timing differences is using the
         cash basis of accounting for income tax and accrual  accounting for the
         basis of financial income.  The Company has set up an $20,702 allowance
         for the tax benefit at September 30, 1998 (Unaudited).

         Losses prior to the business  combination can not be carried forward or
         back. At September 30, 1998  (Unaudited)  the company had $1,291,373 of
         losses which could be carried  forward.  The company has also set up an
         allowance for this tax benefit at September 30, 1998 (Unaudited).



                                       64
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NOTE 15 - SHORT-TERM DEBT
                                                                                           Sept 30,       Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,
Short-term debt consists of the following:                                                  1998           1997         1996
                                                                                            ----           ----         ----
                                                                                         (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>            <C>        
Note for purchase of Copyright, dated August 1, 1996, with no stated interest rate,
due April 1, 1997. Unsecured.                                                           $        -    $        -     $ 53,000

Note with an Individual on September 6, 1996  with 22% interest. Due June 1,
1997. Secured by personal guarantee of officer, director and LLC member.                         -             -       20,000

Note with an individual  dated October 18, 1996 with 20% interest.  Due November
18, 1996, with option to extend for additional 30-day increments, secured by
personal guarantee of officer, director and LLC member.                                          -             -        5,000

Note with an individual on November 1, 1996 with 18% interest. Due October
31, 1997. Secured by personal property and personal guarantee of officer,
director and LLC member.                                                                         -             -       52,353

Note with an individual dated December 31, 1997 with interest of $1,000 per
week outstanding. Due January 5, 1998. Secured by a personal guarantee
of officer, director and LLC member.                                                             -        11,000            -

Note with a company dated December 20, 1997 with 8%  interest. Due date
February 20, 1998. Unsecured.                                                                    -        25,000            -

Note with an  investment group dated December 30, 1997 with no
interest rate or due date stated. Unsecured.                                                     -        12,000            -

Note with a trust dated November 28, 1997 with 48% interest, due
January 30, 1998. Unsecured.                                                                     -        15,000            -

Note with Trust dated June 10, 1997,  24%  interest.  Interest  only payments of
$1,000 per month for 12 months. Payment of $50,000 due June 10, 1998. Secured by
$50,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable which originally  secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.                                                         -        50,000            -

Note with two  individuals  dated May 20, 1998 with 24% interest.  Interest only
payments of $10,000 per month for 6 months. Payment of $500,000 due December 31,
1998.  Secured by $500,000 in accounts  receivable  and a personal  guarantee by
majority owners and members. New accounts receivable must be substituted every 4
to 6 weeks as accounts  receivable which originally secured the loan become paid
off, paid down, canceled, renegotiated, or
written off.                                                                               500,000             -            -

Note with a Trust, dated April 28, 1998, 36% interest. Interest only payments of
$4,500 per month for 12 months.  Payment of $150,000 due April 28, 1999. Secured
by $150,000 in accounts receivable. Accounts receivable which originally secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renogotiated,
or  written off since the loan inception.                                                  150,000             -            -
</TABLE>

                                       65
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 15 - SHORT-TERM DEBT - CONTINUED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Sept 30,       Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,
Short-term debt consists of the following:                                                  1998           1997         1996
                                                                                            ----           ----         ----
                                                                                         (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                       <C>            <C>          <C>    
Note with a Trust dated January 19, 1998, 36% interest. Interest only payments of
$1,500 per month for 12 months. Payment of $50,000 due January 19, 1999.
Secured by $70,000 in accounts receivable. Accounts receivable which
originally secured  this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.                                                  $ 50,000       $     -      $     -

Note with a Trust dated April 28, 1998, 24% interest.  Interest only payments of
$800 per month for 12 months.  Payment of $40,000 due April 28, 1999. Secured by
$40,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable which originally  secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.                                                    40,000             -            -

Note with a Trust dated May 8, 1998,  24%  interest.  Interest  only  payment of
$1,000 per month for 12 months.  Payment of $50,000 due May  8,1999.  Secured by
$50,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable which originally  secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.                                                    50,000             -            -

Note with a Trust dated May 8, 1998,  24%  interest.  Interest  only payments of
$1,000 per month for 12 months and payment of $25,000  due May 8, 1999.  Secured
by $25,000 in accounts receivable.  Accounts receivable which originally secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.                                                    25,000             -            -

Note with a Trust dated May 13, 1998,  24%  interest.  Interest only payments of
$500 per month for 12 months.  Payment of $25,000  due May 13,  1999  Secured by
$25,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable which originally  secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.                                                    25,000             -            -

Note with a Trust dated April 3, 1998,  36% interest.  Interest only payments of
$4,500 per month for 12 months. Payment of $150,000 due April 3,1999. Secured by
$150,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable which originally secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.                                                   150,000             -            -

Note with a Trust dated April 3, 1998,  36% interest.  Interest only payments of
$4,500 per month for 12 months.  Payment of $150,000 due April 3, 1999.  Secured
by $150,000 in accounts receivable. Accounts receivable which originally secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or  written off since the loan inception.                                                  150,000             -            -

Note with two individuals dated August 24, 1998 with 24% interest. Interest only
payments  of $1,000 per month for 12 months.  Payment of $50,000  due August 24,
1999.  Secured by $50,000 in accounts  receivable  and a personal  guarantee  by
majority owners and members. New accounts receivable must be substituted every 4
to 6 weeks as accounts  receivable which originally secured the loan become paid
off, paid down, canceled, renegotiated, or
written off.                                                                                50,000             -            -

Note with an Individual dated September 14, 1998  with principal and interest
payment of $44,000 due on October 14, 1998 . Unsecured.                                     40,000             -            -
</TABLE>

                                       66
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 15 - SHORT-TERM DEBT - CONTINUED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Sept 30,       Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,
Short-term debt consists of the following:                                                  1998           1997         1996
                                                                                            ----           ----         ----
                                                                                     (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                      <C>             <C>          <C>    
Note with a Company on September 11, 1998  with principal and interest payments
of $210,000 due on October 1, 1998. Unsecured.                                           $ 200,000       $     -      $     -

Note with an Individual dated August 27, 1998  with 36% interest. Due October 27,
1998. Secured by $50,000 in accounts receivable contracts. Accounts receivable which        50,000             -            -
originally secured   this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.

Note with a Company dated September 21, 1998  with 36% interest. Due December 21,
1998. Unsecured.                                                                           300,000             -            -

Note with an Individual dated September 14, 1998  with 30% interest. Due March 14,
1999. Unsecured.                                                                            10,000             -            -

Note with a Trust  dated  August  26 with  1998,  36%  interest.  Interest  only
payments of $6,000 per month for 4 months.  Payment of $200,000 due December 26,
1998  Secured by $200,000  in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable  which
originally secured this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated, or
written off,  since the loan  inception.  Personally  guaranteed  by an officer,
director
and major shareholder of the Company.                                                      200,000             -            -

Note with a Trust dated May 13, 1998 with 24%  interest.  Interest only payments
of $3,000  per month for 3 months.  Payment of  $100,000  due  December  9, 1998
Secured by $100,000 in accounts receivable. Accounts receivable which originally
secured this loan may have been paid off,  paid down,  renegotiated,  or written
off, since the loan inception. Personally guaranteed by an officer, director
and major shareholder of the Company.                                                      100,000             -            -

Note with a Company dated  September  28, 1998 with 36% interest.  Due September
28, 1998.  Interest only payments of $2,100 per month for 12 months.  Secured by
$70,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable which originally  secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.                                                    70,000             -            -

Note with an Individual dated August 11, 1998 with 30% interest.  Due August 11,
1999.  Interest  only  payments  of $2,100 per month for 12  months.  Secured by
$22,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable which originally  secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.                                                    22,000             -            -

Note with an Individual  dated August 24, 1998 with 24% interest.  Interest only
payments  of $1,000 per month for 12 months.  Payment of $50,000  due August 24,
1999.  Secured by $50,000 in  accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable  which
originally secured this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated, or
written  off,  since the loan  inception.  Personally  guaranteed  by  officers,
directors
and major shareholders of the Company.                                                      50,000             -            -

Note with an individual  dated  September  21, 1998 with 24% interest.  Interest
only  payments  of $1,200  per month  for 12  months.  Payment  of  $60,000  due
September  21,  1999.  Secured  by  $60,000  in  accounts  receivable.  Accounts
receivable which originally secured this loan may have been paid off, paid down,
renegotiated, or written off, since the loan inception. Personally guaranteed by
officers, directors,
and major shareholders of the Company.                                                      60,000             -            -

Note with an Individual dated September 25, 1998  with 30% interest. Due March 25,
1999. Unsecured.                                                                            10,000             -            -
</TABLE>


                                       67
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 15 - SHORT-TERM DEBT - CONTINUED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Sept 30,       Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,
Short-term debt consists of the following:                                                  1998           1997           1996
                                                                                            ----           ----           ----
                                                                                         (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                       <C>          <C>          <C>    
Note with an individual dated September 22, 1998 with 24% interest. Interest only payments
of $300 per month for  12 months. Payment of $15,000 due September 22, 1999
Secured by $15,000 in accounts receivable. Accounts receivable which
originally secured   this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception. Personally guaranteed by officers, directors,
and major shareholders of the Company.                                                    $ 15,000     $       -    $       -

Note with an Individual dated September 9, 1998  with 30% interest. Due March 9,
1999. Unsecured.                                                                            16,000             -            -

Note with a Trust dated June 1, 1998,  36%  interest.  Interest only payments of
$3,000 per month for 12 months.  Payment of $100,000 due June 1, 1999 Secured by
$100,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable which originally secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated, or written off, since
the loan inception. Personally guaranteed by officers, directors
and major shareholders of the Company.                                                     100,000             -            -

Advance from Trusts dated September 10, 1998, No stated interest.
Principal payment due within 30 days.  Unsecured                                            37,000

Advance from Individuals dated September 30, 1998 with no stated interest.
Due within 30 days. Unsecured.                                                              40,000

Note with a Trust dated July 29, 1998  with 30% Interest.  Interest payments of $2,000
due monthly and principal payment due September 29, 1998. Unsecured.                       100,000

Note with a Trust dated September 14, 1998 with 30% interest. Interest plus
principal payment due June 1, 1999.  Unsecured                                             100,000             -            -
                                                                                       ------------    ----------   ---------
             Total short-term debt                                                      $ 2,710,000    $ 113,000    $ 130,353
                                                                                       ============    ==========   =========
</TABLE>

                                       68
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION COPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NOTE 16 - SHORT TERM DEBT WITH RELATED PARTIES

Related party short-term debt consists of the following:                        Sept 30,       Dec. 31,    Dec. 31,
                                                                                 1998           1997         1996
                                                                                 ----           ----         ----
                                                                               (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>         <C>     
Note with LLC Members' personal relation dated August 1, 1996                   $     -       $     -     $ 10,000
with 10% interest. Due February 7, 1997. Unsecured.

Note with LLC Members' personal relation dated August 1, 1996                         -             -        5,000
with 10% interest. Due July 30, 1997. Unsecured.

Loan with individual, no stated interest rate or due date, secured by                 -             -       15,000
personal guarantee by officer, director and LLC member.

Loan with a corporate officer and LLC member, with interest of 8%,                    -             -       13,090
Unsecured.

Note with an individual on August 1, 1996 with 20% interest. Due March 1997,          -             -       20,000
Unsecured.

Revolving line of credit with an affiliated company,  with 12% interest on            -             -        1,236
month end balance. Unsecured.

Note with an employee dated November 28, 1997 with interest at 25%,                   -        20,000            -
and no due date stated. Unsecured.

Note with an employee dated November 20, 1997, no interest rate or due                -        15,101            -
date stated. Unsecured.

Note with an employee dated October 16, 1997 with no interest rate or                 -         5,655            -
due date stated. Unsecured.

Note with an employee dated December 31, 1997, no interest rate or due                -        19,000            -
date stated. Unsecured.

Note with LLC Member's personal relation dated November 3, 1997 with                  -         5,000            -
10% interest, no due date stated. Unsecured.

Note with LLC Member's personal relation dated November 20, 1997,                     -        10,000            -
with 10% interest, no due date stated. Unsecured.

Short-term line of credit with an employee's parents, with 10 1/2% interest,          -        36,683            -
due December 30, 1998. Unsecured.

Short-term note with employee and employee's parents, dated May 21, 1997.
with 22% interest. Per agreement, interest is reinvested monthly.                     -        17,132            -
Payment of principal and interest due at end of agreement.

Note with an employee dated July 16, 1998, no interest rate or due               25,000             -            -
date stated. Unsecured.

Note with an employee dated July 28, 1998, with 24%  interest rate               16,500             -            -
Due May 13, 1999. Unsecured.
</TABLE>


                                       69
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION COPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NOTE 16 - SHORT TERM DEBT WITH RELATED PARTIES - CONTINUED
                                                                            Sept 30,         Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,
Related party short-term debt consists of the following:                      1998             1997         1996
                                                                              ----             ----         ----
                                                                          (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>           <C>     
Note with an employee dated September 1, 1998, no interest rate or due
date stated. Unsecured.                                                        $ 25,000     $       -     $      -

Note with personal relation of officer, director, and shareholder
dated July 29, 1998 with no interest rate or due date stated.                    19,000             -            -

Advance from related parties dated September 22-30, 1998
with no stated interest, due in less than 30 days                               197,000             -            -
                                                                              ----------    ---------     --------
     Total short-term debt with related parties                               $ 238,500     $ 128,571     $ 64,326
                                                                              ==========    ==========    ========
</TABLE>

                                       70
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION COPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NOTE 17 - LONG-TERM DEBT 

Long-term debt consists of the following:
                                                                                     Sept 30,         Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,
                                                                                      1998             1997            1996
                                                                                      ----             ----            ----
                                                                                    Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>                  <C>
Note with a Trust dated June 1, 1997 ,18%  interest.  Interest  only payments of
$900 per month for 36 months.  Payment of $60,000  due June 1, 2000.  Secured by
$60,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable which originally  secured
this loan may have been paid off, paid down, cancelled,
renegotiated, or written off, since the loan inception.                              $ 60,000       $ 60,000             $ -

Note with a Trust dated July 28, 1997, 18% interest. Interest only payments of
$5,625 per month for 24 months. Payment of $375,000 due
August 1, 1999. Secured by $375,000 in accounts receivable.
Accounts receivable which  originally secured this loan may have been paid
off, paid down, cancelled,  renegotiated, or written off since the loan inception.    375,000        375,000               -

Note with a finance group dated December 24, 1997, 30% interest. Interest only
payments of $1,250 per month  for 24 months. Payment of
$50,000 due December 24, 1999. Secured by personal guarantee of
majority owner and LLC members.                                                        50,000         50,000               -

Note with a finance group dated December  22, 1997, 30% interest. Interest
only payments of $1,250 per month for 24 months. Payment of
$50,000 due December 22, 1999. Secured by personal guarantee of
majority owner and LLC members.                                                        50,000         50,000               -

Note with a Trust, dated February 1, 1997, 24% interest. Interest only payments
of $2,000 per month for 36 months. Payment of $100,000 due
February 1, 2000. Secured by $100,000 in accounts receivable.
Accounts receivable which originally secured this loan may have been paid off,
paid down, cancelled, renegotiated, or written off since the loan inception.          100,000        100,000               -

Note with a Trust, dated March 1, 1997, 24% interest. Interest only payments
of $2,000 per month for 36 months. Payment of $100,000 due
March 1, 2000. Secured by $100,000 in accounts receivable.
Accounts receivable which originally secured this loan may have been paid off,
paid down, cancelled, renegotiated, or written off since the loan inception.          100,000        100,000               -

Note with a Trust, dated March 1, 1997, 24% interest. Interest only payments
of $2,000  per month for 36 months. Payment  of $100,000 due
April 1, 2000. Secured by $100,000 in accounts receivable.
Accounts receivable which originally secured this loan may have been paid off,
paid down, cancelled, renegotiated, or written off since the loan inception.          100,000        100,000               -
</TABLE>



                                       71
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION COPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NOTE 17 - LONG-TERM DEBT - CONTINUED
                                                                                    Sept 30,        Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,
                                                                                     1998            1997            1996
                                                                                     ----            ----            ----
                                                                                 (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                  >            <C>                   <C>
Note with a Trust dated April 10, 1997, 30% interest.  Interest only payments of
$2,500 per month for 36 months.  Payment of $100,000 due May 1, 2000. Secured by
$100,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivable which originally secured
this loan may have been paid off,
paid down, cancelled, renegotiated, or written off since the loan inception.        $100,000      $ 100,000             $ -

Note with a Trust dated July 15, 1997, 18% interest. Interest only payments
of $975 per month for 36 months. Payment of $65,000 due July 15, 2000.
Secured  by $65,000 in accounts receivable. Accounts receivable which
originally secured this loan may have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated,
or written off since the loan inception.                                              65,000         65,000               -

Note with a  Trust dated August 15, 1997, 18% interest. Interest only  payments
of $1,350  per month for 36 months. Payment of $90,000 due
August 15, 2000. Secured by $90,000 in accounts  receivable.  Accounts
receivable which originally secured this loan may have been paid off, paid down,
renegotiated, or written off  since the loan inception.                               90,000         90,000               -

Note with Trust dated September 25, 1997, 18% interest. Interest only payments
of $2,625 per month for 24 months. Payment of  $175,000 due
September 25, 1999. Secured by $175,000 in accounts receivable.
Accounts receivable which originally secured this loan may have
been paid off, paid down, renegotiated, or written off since the loan inception.     175,000        175,000               -

Note with Trust dated October 21, 1997, 18% interest. Interest only payments
of $2,475 per month for 24 months. Payment of $165,000
due October 21, 1999. Secured by $165,000 in accounts receivable. Accounts
receivable which originally secured this loan may have been paid off, paid down,
renegotiated, or written off since the loan inception.                               165,000        165,000               -

Note with an individual dated February 26, 1997, 18% interest. Monthly principal
and  interest  payments of $362 per month for 36 months with a maturity  date of
February 26,  2000.  Secured by $20,000 in accounts  receivable  and by personal
guarantees of majority owners and members.  Accounts receivable which originally
secured this loan may have been paid off, paid down,
renegotiated, or written off since the loan inception.                                 5,387          7,736               -

</TABLE>

                                       72
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION COPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NOTE 17 - LONG-TERM DEBT - CONTINUED
                                                                                            Sept 30,       Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,
                                                                                             1998            1997            1996
                                                                                          ------------------------------------------
                                                                                         (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                      <C>            <C>                  <C>
Note with a Trust dated July 21, 1997,  24% interest.  Interest only payments of         
$720 per month for 24 months.  Payment of $36,000 due August 1, 1999. Secured by         
$36,000 in accounts receivable.  Accounts receivable which secured this loan may
have been paid off, paid down, renegotiated, or written
off since the loan inception.                                                            $ 31,000       $ 36,000             $ -

Note with a finance group, dated February 13, 1998, 30% interest. Interest only
payments of $1,250 per month for 24 months. Payment of $50,000
due February 13, 2000.  Secured by personal guarantees of majority owners
and LLC members.                                                                           50,000              -               -

Note with a finance group , dated February 5, 1998, 30% interest. Interest only
payments of $2,500 per month for 24 months. Payment  of $100,000
due February 5, 2000. Secured by personal guarantees of majority owners and
LLC members.                                                                              100,000              -               -

Note with a finance group, dated March 23, 1998, 30% interest. Interest only
payments of $3,750  per month for 24 months. Payment of $150,000
due March 23, 2000. Secured by personal guarantees of majority
owners and LLC members.                                                                   150,000              -               -

Note with a finance group, dated April 17, 1998, 30% interest. Interest only payments
of $5,250 per month for 24 months. Payment of $210,000 due April 17,
2000. Secured by personal guarantees of majority owners and LLC members.                  210,000              -               -

Note with a finance group, dated August 15, 1997. No stated interest rate. Monthly
princpal and interest payments of $999 per month for 60 months. Secured by
various furniture and computer equipment.                                                       -         30,012               -

Note with a finance group, dated October 1, 1997. No stated interest rate. Monthly
principal and interest payments of $1,987 per month for 60 months. Secured by
various computer equipment.                                                                     -         77,979               -

Note with a finance group, dated May 8, 1998. 18% interest. Monthly principal and
interest payments of $667 per month for 72 months. Secured by computer
software.                                                                                  27,476              -               -

Note with a finance group, dated May 26, 1998. 18% interest. Monthly principal and
interest payments of $690 per month for 72 months. Secured by artwork.                     28,650              -               -

</TABLE>


                                       73
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION COPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NOTE 17 - LONG-TERM DEBT - CONTINUED
                                                                                              Sept 30,         Dec. 31,    Dec. 31,
                                                                                               1998              1997        1996
                                                                                               ----              ----        ----
                                                                                           (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                          <C>                  <C>          <C>
Note with a finance group dated May 1, 1998. 18% interest. Monthly principal and
interest payments of $6,662 per month ($948 of which is applied to capital
leases payable) for 72 months. Secured by various furniture, computer
equipment, software, and artwork.                                                            $ 247,013            $ -          $ -

Note with a finance group, dated July 15, 1998, 18% interest. Interest plus principal
payments of $475 per month for 68 months. Secured by various
furniture items and artwork.                                                                    19,470              -            -

Note with a finance group, dated August 15, 1998, 18% interest. Interest plus principal
payments of $1188 per month for 67 months. Secured by various
furniture items and artwork.                                                                   48,398              -            -
                                                                                           -----------    -----------      -------
                                           TOTAL LONG TERM DEBT                              2,347,394      1,581,727            -
                                           
                                           LESS CURRENT PORTION                               (595,562)       (18,307)          -
                                                                                                                                -
                                           LONG TERM DEBT NON CURRENT PORTION              $ 1,751,832    $ 1,563,420          $ -
                                                                                          ============   ============      =======
</TABLE>

Following are maturities of long-term debt for each of the five years
ending  December 31,
                                                                       Amount
                                          1998                         $ 10,679
                                          1999                          893,144
                                          2000                        1,177,742
                                          2001                           62,514
                                          2002                           75,109
                                       Thereafter                       128,206
                                                                    -----------
                                  Total long term debt              $ 2,347,394
                                                                    ===========

                                       74
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 18 - LONG-TERM DEBT WITH RELATED PARTIES

         Pursuant to a private  offering,  the Company sold 375 units to related
         parties. Each unit consisted of a promissory note and 400 shares of the
         Company's Class A common stock.  The promissory note has an interest of
         16% and  matures 1 year from the date of  issuance.  The  holder has an
         option to extend  the  maturity  date for an  additional  year.  If the
         option  is  exercised,  the  Company  is  obligated  to pay the  holder
         interest  of 18% for the  two-year  period.  As of  September  30, 1998
         (Unaudited),  the Company's long term  obligations with related parties
         are as follow:

             Promissory note issued in conjunction with offering   $ 375,000
             Less repayment during 1998 (Unaudited)                  (35,000)
             Line of credit with an employee's parents, with
             101/2% interest, no specified due date - Unsecured       49,089
                                                                   ----------

             Total                                                   389,089
             Less current portion                                   (270,600)

             Long-term debt to related parties                     $ 118,489
                                                                   =========

NOTE 19 - ASSETS USED AS COLLATERAL

         At  September  30,  1998  (Unaudited)  and  December  31, 1997 and 1996
         $345,375,  $68,375 and $0  respectively  of fixed assets not held under
         capital  leases  were  collateral  for  debt.  At  September  30,  1998
         (Unaudited)  and  December  31, 1997 $0.00,  $377,275  respectively  of
         contracts  receivable  were  not  used  as  collateral  for  debt.  The
         remainder  were used as collateral for debt. At December 31, 1996 $0 of
         contracts receivable were used as collateral for debt.

NOTE 20 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         The book value of the Company's financial instruments approximates fair
         value.  The estimated  fair values of financial  instruments  have been
         determined   using   appropriate   market   information  and  valuation
         methodologies.

NOTE 21 - COMMON STOCK TRANSACTIONS - UNAUDITED

         The Company  purchased  800,000  shares of Class A common stock from an
         individual who is a former  employee and founder at the founder's price
         of $80 that he originally  paid for those shares.  In conjunction  with
         this  purchase,  the Company has granted him an option to acquire up to
         800,000 Company shares of Class A Common Stock as follows:

              During 1998,  The option may be  exercised to acquire  shares from
              the Company at a discount of 20% from the market trading price, if
              any.

              During 1999,  The option may be  exercised to acquire  shares from
              the Company at a discount of 15% from the market trading price, if
              any.

         The Company has issued  349,500  shares of Class A common  stock out of
         treasury  stock as a bonus.  After  this  transaction,  450,500  shares
         remained in treasury.



                                       75
<PAGE>

                                THE MURDOCK GROUP
                         CAREER SATISFACTION CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 21 - COMMON STOCK TRANSACTIONS - UNAUDITED - CONTINUED

         and founders  stock to employees  and related  parties.  The shares are
         coming  out of the  800,000  shares  described  above at the  price the
         company paid for the shares.

         Existing  shareholders are contributing up to 1,545,900 shares of their
         Class A common  stock  to the  Company.  These  shares  along  with the
         450,500  shares  mentioned  above  will be sold by the  Company  in its
         initial public offering.

         The company has issued  375,940 shares of its Class A common stock in a
         private  placement in exchange for $500,000 of existing  corporate debt
         and  cash.  $160,000  has yet to be  received  and is being  shown as a
         charge to the equity  section  under the heading,  "Stock  Subscription
         Receivable - Common A", in the balance sheet.

         The Chief Financial  Officer,  has been issued 84,000 shares of Class A
         common stock at the same price as the other insiders at .0001 per share
         and has been  granted  an option to  acquire  100,000  shares at $4 per
         share vesting at the rate of 25,000 per year for four years.


                                       76
<PAGE>



                                       77
<PAGE>


                             Subscription Agreement


Please issue shares and/or bonds in the  amount(s)  and name(s) shown below.  My
signature  acknowledges  that I have received and had an opportunity to read the
prospectus by which the shares are offered, that I am purchasing for investment,
and that the amount of my investment is not more than 10% of my net worth.

Date: ____________________________          Signature: _________________________

Enclosed please find payment for
$__________  for shares at $5 per share  (minimum  investment,  $1,000),  and/or
$__________ in bonds (sold in increments of $1,000).

Please register the shares and/or bonds in the following name(s) and amount(s):
      As (check one):
      __ Individual
      __ Joint Tenants
      __ Trust
      __ Tenants in Common
      __ Corporation
      __ Other
For   each person who will be a registered share or bond holder,  we require the
      following information: Name (printed):
      Mailing Address:
      City, State, and Zip Code:
      Telephone Number, including area code:
      Social Security or Taxpayer ID Number:
Please  attach any  special  mailing  instructions  other than shown  above.  No
subscription  is effective until we accept it. We will mail you a signed copy of
this agreement for your records.

                                    Subscription  accepted  on  the  ___  day of
                                    ___________,  199__  By  The  Murdock  Group
                                    Career Satisfaction Corporation

                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    KC Holmes, Chief Executive Officer

                                       78
<PAGE>

                                  (Back Cover)




Until  _____,  1999 (90 days  after the date of this  prospectus),  all  dealers
effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this
offering,  may be required to deliver a  prospectus.  This is in addition to the
obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus  when acting as  underwriters  and
with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


                                       79
<PAGE>

                 Part II. Information Not Required In Prospectus



Item 24. indemnification of directors and officers.


The registrant's Bylaws provide that the registrant shall indemnify any officer,
director or former  officer or  director,  to the full extent  permitted by law.
Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising under the Securities Act,
indemnification  may be permitted to directors,  officers or persons controlling
the  registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing  section,  the  registrant  has been
informed that, in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  such
indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is therefore unenforceable.


Item 25. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.


Expenses of the registrant in connection  with the issuance and  distribution of
the securities being  registered are estimated as follows,  assuming all offered
securities are sold:

                                          Item                        Cost

                          SEC filing fee                              4,972
                                                                      
                          Blue sky fees and expenses                  25,000
                                                                      
                          Accountant's fees and expenses              75,000
                                                                      
                          Transfer agent's fees                        1,000

                          Printing & mailing expenses                 25,000
                                                                      
                          Nasdaq SmallCap listing fee                 10,000
                                                                      
                          Marketing expenses                          30,000
                                                                      
                          Miscellaneous                               29,028
                                                                     
                           Total                                  $  200,000
                                                                     

The registrant will bear all expenses shown above.


                                       80
<PAGE>

Item 26. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

The following  information is given for all securities  that the registrant sold
within  the past  three  years  without  registering  the  securities  under the
Securities Act. All shares referenced are Class A Common Voting Shares.

    Shareholder /   Date of No. Shares;      Registration Exemption Claimed
   Price per Share    Issue Price/Share

   Envision Career  11/5/97   8,280,000   These  shares  were issued to Envision
   Services, L.L.C.             $0.0001   as a founder of the  registrant at per
                                  share   the  time  of   incorporation,   in  a
                                          transaction  exempt from  registration
                                          under  Section 4(2) of the  Securities
                                          Act of 1933 (the "Act"). Envision sold
                                          all  its   membership   interests   to
                                          registrant,  and dissolved, on May 31,
                                          1998.  It  distributed  its shares (in
                                          amounts   adjusted  to  reflect  prior
                                          sales to the registrant's treasury) to
                                          KC Holmes - registrant's  CEO, Heather
                                          Stone - registrant's president, Peanut
                                          Holdings - a non-affiliated trust, and
                                          Minimum  Holdings,   a  non-affiliated
                                          trust.  No underwriter was involved in
                                          this    transaction   and   no   sales
                                          commissions  were paid. All members of
                                          Envision had access to  information on
                                          the  company   necessary  to  make  an
                                          informed investment decision

     Marty Collins  11/5/97     800,000   These   shares   were  issued  to  Mr.
                            $0.0001 per   Collins as a founder of the registrant
                                  share   at the  time  of  incorporation,  in a
                                          transaction  exempt from  registration
                                          under  Section  4(2)  of the  Act.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were  paid.  He  is  a   sophisticated
                                          investor  and company  officer who had
                                          access to  information  on the company
                                          necessary    to   make   an   informed
                                          investment decision.

    Stanford Smith  11/5/97     800,000   These  shares were issued to Mr. Smith
                            $0.0001 per   as a founder of the  registrant at the
                                  share   time    of    incorporation,    in   a
                                          transaction  exempt from  registration
                                          under  Section  4(2)  of the  Act.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were  paid.  He  is  a   sophisticated
                                          investor  and company  officer who had
                                          access to  information  on the company
                                          necessary    to   make   an   informed
                                          investment decision.

   Rachel  Peterson  1/6/98       2,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                    8/31/98               transaction, the employee loaned money
                                  2,500   to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                               Employee   interest, and received, in addition to
                                  Grant   a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were   paid.   She   had   access   to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.   The  granted  shares  were
                                          issued  to  the  named  employee  as a
                                          Grant for outstanding performance.  No
                                          consideration was paid.

      Daryl Guiver   1/7/98       4,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                    8/31/98               to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                  2,500   interest, and received, in addition to
                               Employee   a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                  Grant   $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were   paid.    He   had   access   to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.   The  granted  shares  were
                                          issued  to  the  named  employee  as a
                                          Grant for outstanding performance.  No
                                          consideration was paid.

                                       81
<PAGE>

                                          These  shares were issued to the named
      David Cannon   1/7/98       8,400   employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
      and John F.              Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
      Cannon                 connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

        Dick Flack   1/7/98       2,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                    8/31/98               to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                 10,000   interest, and received, in addition to
                               Employee   a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                  Grant   $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.   The  granted  shares  were
                                          issued  to  the  named  employee  as a
                                          Grant for outstanding performance.  No
                                          consideration   was  paid.   He  is  a
                                          sophisticated   investor  and  company
                                          executive officer.

      Dominic Ingo   1/7/98       2,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                              Grant  in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

 Dominic Militello   1/7/98       2,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee  of  registrant  pursuant  to
                               Grant in   a transaction exempt from registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

    Paul Benincosa   1/7/98      24,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

                                       82
<PAGE>

     Steve Richter   1/7/98      22,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.   He   is  a   sophisticated
                                          investor    and   company    executive
                                          officer.

     Chris Leonard   1/8/98       2,800   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                    8/31/98               to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                 10,000   interest, and received, in addition to
                               Employee   a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                  Grant   $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.   The  granted  shares  were
                                          issued  to  the  named  employee  as a
                                          Grant for outstanding performance.  No
                                          consideration   was  paid.   He  is  a
                                          sophisticated   investor  and  company
                                          executive officer.

    Bev-Anne Frost  1/12/98       6,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

           Cameron  1/12/98       2,000   These  shares were issued to the named
           Jaccard                        employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

     Cameron Lewis  1/12/98       8,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

       Daren Gates  1/12/98       2,000   These  shares were issued to the named

                                       83
<PAGE>

                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

     Dave Atkinson  1/12/98       2,400   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

       Marty Lloyd  1/12/98       8,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

      Mike Burnett  1/12/98       2,800   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

     Randy Burnham  1/12/98      13,200   These  shares were issued to the named
                               Grant in   employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                             connection   transaction  exempt from  registration
                              with loan   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                                          Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                     3/6/98      10,000   transaction, the employee loaned money
                             Emp. Grant   to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                  5,000   a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                    8/31/98  Emp. Grant   $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.   The  granted  shares  were
                                          issued  to  the  named  employee  as a
                                          Grant for outstanding performance.  No
                                          consideration was paid.

   Rhett Kasparian  1/12/98       2,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                                          to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%


                                       84
<PAGE>

                                          interest, and received, in addition to
                                          a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                          $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

 Scott & Christine  1/12/98      28,000   These  shares were issued to the named
 Holmes                                   officer of a limited liability company
                               Grant in   affiliated  with  registrant,  and his
                             connection   employee wife, in a transaction exempt
                              with loan   from   registration   under   the  Act
                                          pursuant to Regulation D, Rule 506. In
                                          this  transaction,  the officer loaned
                                          money to the  registrant for 1 year at
                                          16%   interest,   and   received,   in
                                          addition  to a  promissory  note,  400
                                          shares for each  $1,000  loaned.  This
                                          officer    is   a   brother   of   the
                                          registrant's   CEO;   he   received  a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  This individual had access
                                          to    information   on   the   company
                                          necessary    to   make   an   informed
                                          investment decision.

Steve Anderson      1/12/98       2,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                     3/6/98               to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                 10,000   interest, and received, in addition to
                               Employee   a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                  Grant   $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.   The  granted  shares  were
                                          issued  to  the  named  employee  as a
                                          Grant for outstanding performance.  No
                                          consideration   was  paid.   He  is  a
                                          sophisticated   investor  and  company
                                          executive officer.

        Wade Hyatt  1/12/98       4,400   These  shares were issued to the named
                                          employee of  registrant  pursuant to a
                               Grant in   transaction  exempt from  registration
                             connection   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                              with loan   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction, the employee loaned money
                    8/31/98               to the  registrant  for 1 year  at 16%
                                  2,500   interest, and received, in addition to
                               Employee   a promissory note, 400 shares for each
                                  Grant   $1,000 loaned. The employee received a
                                          Disclosure Memorandum dated January 2,
                                          1998,    which    contained    audited
                                          financial  statements.  A filing  with
                                          the  SEC  was   made  on  Form  D.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were paid.  The Employee had access to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.   The  granted  shares  were
                                          issued  to  the  named  employee  as a
                                          Grant for outstanding performance.  No
                                          consideration   was  paid.   He  is  a
                                          sophisticated   investor  and  company
                                          executive officer.

    Serenity Trust   4/3/98      12,500   These shares were issued to a trust as
                                          inducement  to  make a  $100,000  loan
                    10/2/98      12,500   made to the  registrant.  The  trustee
                                          was a  sophisticated  businessman  and
                               Grant in   sophisticated  investor  who was given
                             connection   the  opportunity  to meet with all the
                              with loan   registrants  officers  and examine all
                                          books and records,  including  audited
                                          financial  statements.  The registrant
                                          believes this is a transaction  exempt
                                          from  registration  under Section 4(2)
                                          of  the  Act.   No   underwriter   was
                                          involved  in this  transaction  and no
                                          sales commissions were paid.

   Dogbreath Trust   4/3/98      12,500   These shares were issued to a trust as
                                          inducement  to  make a  $100,000  loan
                    10/2/98      12,500   made to the  registrant.  The  trustee
                               Grant in   was a  sophisticated  businessman  and
                             connection   sophisticated  investor  who was given
                              with loan   the  opportunity  to meet with all the
                                          registrants  officers  and examine all
                                          books and records,  including  audited
                                          financial  statements.  The registrant
                                          believes this is a transaction  exempt
                                          from  registration  under Section 4(2)

                                       85
<PAGE>

                                          of  the  Act.   No   underwriter   was
                                          involved  in this  transaction  and no
                                          sales  commissions  were paid.  He had
                                          access to  information  on the company
                                          necessary    to   make   an   informed
                                          investment decision.

      Lance Heaton  8/31/98     300,000   These shares were issued to an officer
                                          of registrant for consideration per of
                                $0.0001   1/10   mill   per   share.   He  is  a
                                  share   sophisticated      businessman     and
                                          sophisticated    investor    who   was
                                          familiar  with all books and  records,
                                          including       audited      financial
                                          statements,  and is an  employee.  The
                                          registrant    believes   this   is   a
                                          transaction  exempt from  registration
                                          under  Section  4(2)  of the  Act.  No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were   paid.    He   had   access   to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.   He   is  a   sophisticated
                                          investor    and   company    executive
                                          officer.

         Jon Davis  8/31/98       1,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                               Employee   employee  as a Grant  for  outstanding
                                  Grant   performance.   No  consideration   was
                                          paid.


        Dawn Davis  8/31/98       1,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                               Employee   employee  as a Grant  for  outstanding
                                  Grant   performance.   No  consideration   was
                                          paid.


      Chris Kenney  8/31/98       5,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                               Employee   employee  as a Grant  for  outstanding
                                  Grant   performance.   No  consideration   was
                                          paid. He is a  sophisticated  investor
                                          and company executive officer.

     Larry Solomon  8/31/98       2,500   These  shares were issued to the named
                               Employee   employee  as a Grant  for  outstanding
                                 Grant    performance.   No  consideration   was
                                          paid.


      Darla Wenger  8/31/98       1,000   These  shares were issued to the named
                                 Vendor   vendor  of  services  as a  Grant  for
                                  Grant   outstanding      performance.       No
                                          consideration was paid.


    Robert & Donna  8/31/98       1,000   These  shares were issued to the named
    Joy  Stone                   Vendor   vendor  of  services  as a  Grant  for
                                  Grant   outstanding      performance.       No
                                          consideration was paid.

       Wayne Ross   9/21/98     375,940   These shares were issued pursuant to a
                                          transaction  exempt from  registration
                              $1.33 per   under  the  Act  under  the  terms  of
                                  share   Regulation   D,  Rule  506.   In  this
                                          transaction,  an  accredited  investor
                                          paid  $1.33  per  share.  He has a net
                                          worth  in  excess  of $1  million.  He
                                          received a Disclosure Memorandum dated
                                          September  21, 1998,  which  contained
                                          audited   financial   statements.   No
                                          underwriter   was   involved  in  this
                                          transaction  and no sales  commissions
                                          were   paid.    He   had   access   to
                                          information  on the company  necessary
                                          to   make   an   informed   investment
                                          decision.

      Brad Stewart  9/23/98      84,000   These shares were issued to an officer
                                          of  registrant  for no  charge  at the
                                  Grant   time  he was  hired  as  CFO.  He is a
                                          sophisticated      businessman     and
                                          sophisticated    investor    who   was
                                          familiar  with all books and  records,
                                          including       audited      financial
                                          statements.  The  registrant  believes
                                          this  is  a  transaction  exempt  from
                                          registration under Section 4(2) of the
                                          Act. No  underwriter  was  involved in
                                          this    transaction   and   no   sales
                                          commissions  were paid.  He had access
                                          to    information   on   the   company
                                          necessary    to   make   an   informed
                                          investment    decision.    He   is   a
                                          sophisticated   investor  and  company
                                          executive officer.

  Buckeneer Family  10/2/98       2,500   These shares were issued to a trust as
  Trust                                   inducement  to  make a  $100,000  loan
                               Grant in   made to the  registrant.  The  trustee
                             connection   was a  sophisticated  businessman  and
                              with loan   sophisticated  investor  who was given
                                          the  opportunity  to meet with all the
                                          registrants  officers  and examine all
                                          books and records,  including  audited
                                          financial  statements.  The registrant
                                          believes this is a transaction  exempt
                                          from  registration  under Section 4(2)
                                          of  the  Act.   No   underwriter   was
                                          involved  in this  transaction  and no
                                          sales  commissions  were paid.  He had
                                          access to  information  on the company
                                          necessary    to   make   an   informed
                                          investment decision.


                                       86
<PAGE>

Item 27. Exhibits

The  exhibits  listed  below  are filed as part of this  Registration  Statement
pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation SB.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Exhibit No.    Description
<S>             <C>
      1         Selected Dealer Agreement
     3.1        Articles of Incorporation dated November 5, 1997
     3.2        Bylaws dated November 5, 1997
     4.1        Stock certificate
     4.2        Bond certificate
      5         Opinion of Stanford Smith regarding legality of shares and bonds
     10.1       Purchase  of The  Murdock  Group by  Envision  Career  Services,
                L.L.C. dated July 26, 1996
     10.2       Exchange  Agreement between The Murdock Group and Envision dated
                May 31, 1998
     10.3       Lease of Office Space by Corporate Headquarters
     ----       -----------------------------------------------
     23.1       Consent of David Thomson, C.P.A.
     23.2       Consent of Stanford Smith, legal counsel
     23.3       Updated Consent of David Thomson, C.P.A., independent auditor
     ----       -------------------------------------------------------------
     99.1       Subscription Agreement (appears in prospectus)
     99.2       Form of Convertible Bond dated April 29, 1998

     99.3       Opinion of Counsel  Respecting  Broker-Dealer  Status of Company
     ----       Officers Selling Shares on Behalf of
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Selling Shareholders
     99.4       Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
</TABLE>

Item 28. Undertakings.

(a) The registrant hereby undertakes that it will:

(1)  File,  during  any  period  in  which it  offers  or  sells  securities,  a
post-effective  amendment  to this  registration  statement  to:

(i) Include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii)  Reflect  in the  prospectus  any facts or events  which,  individually  or
together,  represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration
statement; and

(iii) Include any  additional  or changed  material  information  on the plan of
distribution.

(2)  For   determining   liability   under  the   Securities   Act,  treat  each
post-effective  amendment  as a new  registration  statement  of the  securities
offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona
fide offering.

(3) File a  post-effective  amendment  to remove  from  registration  any of the
securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.


                                       87
<PAGE>

(d) Provide to  broker-dealers  participating  in this offering  certificates in
such denominations and registered in such names as required by such participants
to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(e) Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event that claims for indemnification
against  such  liability  (other than the payment by the company of the expenses
incurred or paid by a Director,  Officer or controlling person of the company in
the  successful  defense of any such action,  suit or proceeding) is asserted by
such Director,  Officer or controlling  person in connection with the securities
being registered,  the company,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, will submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy  as  expressed  in the  1993  Act  and  will  be  governed  by the  final
adjudication of such issue.


                                       88

<PAGE>

                                   Signatures

 In  accordance  with  the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  of filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this Amendment No. 1
to its registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  in
the Salt Lake City, Utah.

The Murdock Group Career Satisfaction Corporation              November 24, 1998

/s/ KC Holmes
- ------------------------------------------------
KC Holmes, Chief Executive Officer


In  accordance  with  the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
registration  statement  was signed by the following  persons in the  capacities
indicated.

/s/ KC Holmes
- ------------------------------------------------
KC Holmes, Director, Chief Executive Officer,
                                                               November 24, 1998


/s/ Heather J. Stone
- ------------------------------------------------
Heather J. Stone, Director, Chairman, President,
Secretary, Principal Financial Officer                         November 24, 1998



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Index of Exhibits


<S>                                                                                                        <C>
 Exhibit No.   Description                                                                                 Page No.

      1        Selected Dealer Agreement                                                                             107
      -        -------------------------                                                                             ---

     3.1       Articles of Incorporation dated November 5, 1997                                         Previously Filed

     3.2       Bylaws dated November 5, 1997                                                            Previously Filed

     4.1       Stock certificate                                                                        Previously Filed

     4.2       Bond certificate                                                                         Previously Filed

     5         Opinion of Stanford Smith regarding legality of shares and bonds                         Previously Filed

    10.1       Purchase of The Murdock Group by Envision Career Services, LLC dated July 26, 1996.      Previously Filed

    10.2       Exchange Agreement between The Murdock Group and Envision dated May 31, 1998.            Previously Filed

    10.3       Lease of Office Space by Corporate Headquarters                                                       113
    ----       -----------------------------------------------                                                       ---

    23.1       Consent of David Thomson, C.P.A., independent auditor                                    Previously Filed

    23.2       Consent of Stanford Smith, legal counsel                                                 Previously Filed

    23.3       Updated Consent of David Thomson, C.P.A., independent auditor                                         139
    ----       -------------------------------------------------------------                                         ---

    99.1       Subscription Agreement (appears in prospectus)                                           Previously Filed

    99.2       Form of Convertible Bond dated April 29, 1998                                            Previously Filed

    99.3       Opinion of Counsel Respecting Broker-Dealer Status of Company Officers Selling Shares                 136
    ----       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------                ---
               on Behalf of Selling Shareholders
               ---------------------------------

    99.4       Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges                                                     138
    ----       -------------------------------------------------                                                     ---
</TABLE>


                                       90


                                    Exhibit 1


                           Selected Dealers Agreement

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:


Section 1. Introduction.

The  Murdock  Group  Career  Satisfaction   Corporation   ("Company"),   a  Utah
corporation,  proposes to issue and sell  2,500,000 of its class A common voting
shares, and certain stockholders of the Company (collectively referred to as the
"Selling  Stockholders")  propose to sell 181,500 shares of the Company's issued
and outstanding Common Stock, to the general public at the price of $5 per share
through  selected  dealers named in Schedule A (the  "Dealers"),  who are acting
severally  and not  jointly.  

Collectively, such total of 2,681,500 shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold
by the Company and the Selling  Stockholders  is hereinafter  referred to as the
"Shares." The Company and each of the Selling  Stockholders hereby confirm their
agreements with the Dealers as follows:

Section 2. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

The Company represents and warrants to the several Dealers that:

(a)      A  registration  statement on Form SB-2 (File No.  333-65319)  has been
         prepared  and  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission
         ("Commission")  by the Company in conformity  with the  requirements of
         the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and the rules and  regulations
         of the  Commission  thereunder  (collectively,  the "1933 Act;"  unless
         indicated to the contrary,  all references herein to specific rules are
         rules  promulgated under the 1933 Act); and the Company has so prepared
         and has  filed  such  amendments  thereto,  if any,  and  such  amended
         preliminary  prospectuses  as may have been required to the date hereof
         and will file  such  additional  amendments  thereto  and such  amended
         prospectuses  as may  hereafter  be  required.  There  has been or will
         promptly  be  delivered  to you a  signed  copy  of  such  registration
         statement and amendments, complete with exhibits.

(b)      The  Commission  has not issued any order  preventing or suspending the
         use of any preliminary prospectus,  and each preliminary prospectus has
         conformed in all material  respects with the  requirements  of the 1933
         Act and, as of its date,  has not  included  any untrue  statement of a
         material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the
         statements therein not misleading;  and when the Registration Statement
         became or becomes effective, and at all times subsequent thereto.

(c)      The Company  has been duly  incorporated  and are  validly  existing as
         corporations  in good standing,  with corporate  power and authority to
         own their  properties  and conduct its  business  as  described  in the
         Prospectus;  the Company is duly  qualified to do business as a foreign
         corporation  under the  corporation law of, and are in good standing as
         such in,  each  jurisdiction  in which  it owns or  leases  substantial
         properties,  has  an  office,  or  in  which  substantial  business  is
         conducted and such qualification is required.


                                      107
<PAGE>

(d)      The issued and  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the Company as
         set  forth in the  Prospectus  have been duly  authorized  and  validly
         issued,  are  fully  paid  and   nonassessable,   and  conform  to  the
         description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

(e)      The making and  performance  by the Company of this Agreement have been
         duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action and will not violate
         any provision of the Company's charter or bylaws and will not result in
         the breach, or be in contravention,  of any provision of any agreement,
         franchise,  license,  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  or  other
         instrument  to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may
         be bound or affected,  or any order,  rule or regulation  applicable to
         the Company of any court or regulatory body,  administrative  agency or
         other governmental body having  jurisdiction over the Company or any of
         its  properties,  or any order of any court or  governmental  agency or
         authority  entered in any proceeding to which the Company was or is now
         a party or by which it is bound. No consent, approval, authorization or
         other order of any court,  regulatory  body,  administrative  agency or
         other  governmental  body is required for the execution and delivery of
         this Agreement or the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
         herein or therein, except for compliance with the 1933 Act and blue sky
         laws  applicable  to the public  offering  of the Shares by the several
         Dealers and clearance of such offering with the National Association of
         Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  This  Agreement  has  been  duly
         executed and delivered by the Company.

(f)      The  accountants  who have  expressed  their  opinions  with respect to
         certain of the  financial  statements  and  schedules  included  in the
         Registration  Statement are independent  accountants as required by the
         1933 Act.

(g)      The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  schedules of the Company
         included in the Registration  Statement present fairly the consolidated
         financial  position of the Company as of the  respective  dates of such
         financial  statements,  and the consolidated  results of operations and
         cash flows of the Company for the respective  periods covered  thereby,
         all  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting   principles
         consistently  applied  throughout  the  periods  involved,   except  as
         disclosed in the Prospectus and the  supporting  schedules  included in
         the Registration  Statement present fairly the information  required to
         be stated therein.

(h)      The Company is not in violation of its charter or in default  under any
         consent decree, or in default with respect to any material provision of
         any lease, loan agreement, franchise, license, permit or other contract
         obligation  to which it is a party;  and there does not exist any state
         of facts  which  constitutes  an event of  default  as  defined in such
         documents  or  which,  with  notice  or lapse  of time or  both,  would
         constitute such an event of default,  in each case, except for defaults
         which immaterial.

(i)      There are no material legal or governmental  proceedings pending, or to
         the Company's knowledge, threatened to which the Company is or may be a
         party or of which  material  property owned or leased by the Company or
         any subsidiary is or may be the subject, or related to environmental or
         discrimination  matters which are not disclosed in the  Prospectus,  or
         which question the validity of this Agreement or any action taken or to
         be taken pursuant hereto or thereto.

(j)      The Company and each of its subsidiaries have good and marketable title
         to all the  properties  and assets  reflected as owned in the financial
         statements  hereinabove  described  (or  elsewhere in the  Prospectus),
         subject to no lien, mortgage, pledge, charge or encumbrance of any kind
         except  those,  if any,  reflected  in such  financial  statements  (or
         elsewhere in the  Prospectus) or which are not material to the Company.
         The  Company  holds its leased  properties  which are  material  to the
         Company under valid and binding leases.

(k)      The  Company has not taken and will not take,  directly or  indirectly,
         any  action  designed  to or  which  has  constituted  or  which  might


                                       108
<PAGE>

         reasonably  be expected to cause or result,  under the  Exchange Act or
         otherwise,  in  stabilization  or  manipulation  of  the  price  of any
         security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

(l)      Subsequent to the respective dates as of which  information is given in
         the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  and except as contemplated
         by  the   Prospectus,   the  Company  has  not  incurred  any  material
         liabilities or obligations,  direct or contingent, nor entered into any
         material  transactions not in the ordinary course of business and there
         has not been any material adverse change in its condition (financial or
         otherwise)  or results of  operations  nor any  material  change in its
         capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt.

(m)      There is no material  document of a character  required to be described
         in the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus or to be filed as an
         exhibit to the  Registration  Statement which is not described or filed
         as required.

(n)      The Company owns and possesses all right, title and interest in and to,
         or has duly licensed from third  parties,  all patents,  patent rights,
         trade  secrets,   inventions,   know-how,   trademarks,   trade  names,
         copyrights, service marks and other proprietary rights ("Trade Rights")
         material to the business of the  Company.  The Company has not received
         any notice of infringement, misappropriation or conflict from any third
         party as to such  material  Trade Rights which has not been resolved or
         disposed  of, and the Company  has not  infringed,  misappropriated  or
         otherwise  conflicted  with material Trade Rights of any third parties,
         which infringement,  misappropriation or conflict would have a material
         adverse  effect upon the condition  (financial or otherwise) or results
         of operations of the Company.

(o)      The  conduct of the  business of the  Company is in  compliance  in all
         respects with  applicable  federal,  state,  local and foreign laws and
         regulations,  except  where the failure to be in  compliance  would not
         have a  material  adverse  effect  upon  the  condition  (financial  or
         otherwise) or results of operations of the Company.

(p)      All offers and sales of the  Company's  capital stock prior to the date
         hereof  were  at  all  relevant  times  exempt  from  the  registration
         requirements  of the  1933  Act and were  duly  registered  with or the
         subject of an available exemption from the registration requirements of
         the applicable state securities or blue sky laws.

(q)      The  Company  has filed all  necessary  federal  and state  income  and
         franchise tax returns and has paid all taxes shown as due thereon,  and
         there is no tax  deficiency  that has been,  or to the knowledge of the
         Company might be, asserted against the Company or any of its properties
         or assets that would or could be  expected  to have a material  adverse
         affect  upon the  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  or  results of
         operations of the Company.

(r)      Upon successful  completion of this offering,  the Company will file an
         application  to list the Shares on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  If we
         fail to meet  these  standards,  we plan to apply for a listing  of our
         shares  on the  NASD OTC  Bulletin  Board.  The  Company  has  received
         notification that Nasdaq has reserved for the Company the ticker symbol
         "JOBS."

Section 3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Selling Stockholders

Each Selling Stockholder  severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with,
the Company and the Dealers  that:

(a)      Such Selling  Stockholder has and will have,  valid marketable title to
         the Shares proposed to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder on
         such  date and full  right,  power  and  authority  to enter  into this
         Agreement  and to  sell,  assign,  transfer  and  deliver  such  Shares
         hereunder,  free and clear of all  voting  trust  arrangements,  liens,
         encumbrances,  equities, claims and community property rights; and upon
         delivery of and payment for such  Shares  hereunder,  the Dealers  will


                                      109
<PAGE>

         acquire valid  marketable  title thereto,  free and clear of all voting
         trust arrangements, liens, encumbrances, equities, claims and community
         property rights.

(b)      Such Selling  Stockholder has not taken and will not take,  directly or
         indirectly,  any  action  designed  to or  which  might  be  reasonably
         expected to cause or result,  under the Exchange Act or  otherwise,  in
         stabilization  or  manipulation  of the  price of any  security  of the
         Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

(c)      Each preliminary prospectus,  insofar as it has related to such Selling
         Stockholder  and, to the knowledge of such Selling  Stockholder  in all
         other respects,  as of its date, has conformed in all material respects
         with the  requirements  of the 1933 Act and,  as of its  date,  has not
         included any untrue  statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
         material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

Section 4. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Shares

On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained,
but subject to the terms and  conditions  herein set forth,  the Company and the
Selling  Stockholders,  severally and not jointly,  agree to sell to the Dealers
named in Schedule A hereto, and the Dealers agree, severally and not jointly, to
devote  their  "best  efforts"  to sell  Shares  on the  terms  set forth in the
prospectus,  receiving as compensation  therefore 10% of the price of the Shares
sold by each such Dealer.

Section 5. Expenses

Each party shall pay all expenses of performing the duties allocated to it under
this Agreement.

Section 6. Covenants of the Company

The Company covenants and agrees that:

(a)      The Company  will advise you and the Selling  Stockholders  promptly of
         the  issuance  by the  Commission  of any  stop  order  suspending  the
         effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement or of the institution of
         any  proceedings  for  that  purpose,  or of  any  notification  of the
         suspension of  qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction
         or the initiation or threatening of any  proceedings  for that purpose,
         and will also advise you and the Selling  Stockholders  promptly of any
         request  of  the   Commission   for  amendment  or  supplement  of  the
         Registration  Statement,  of  any  preliminary  prospectus  or  of  the
         Prospectus, or for additional information.

(b)      The Company  will give you and the Selling  Stockholders  notice of its
         intention  to  file  or  prepare  any  amendment  to  the  Registration
         Statement  (including any post-effective  amendment) or any Rule 462(b)
         Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus
         (including any revised prospectus which the Company proposes for use by
         the Dealers in connection with the offering of the Shares which differs
         from  the  prospectus  on  file  at  the  Commission  at the  time  the
         Registration Statement became or becomes effective, whether or not such
         revised  prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) and
         any term sheet as  contemplated  by Rule 434) and will  furnish you and
         the  Selling   Stockholders  with  copies  of  any  such  amendment  or
         supplement a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or
         use,  as the case may be,  and  will  not  file any such  amendment  or
         supplement  or use any such  prospectus to which you or counsel for the
         Dealers shall reasonably object.

(c)      If at any time when a prospectus  relating to the Shares is required to
         be  delivered  under the 1933 Act any event occurs as a result of which


                                      110
<PAGE>

         the Prospectus,  including any amendments or supplements, would include
         an untrue  statement of a material  fact, or omit to state any material
         fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
         therein,  in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
         not  misleading,  or if it is  necessary  at  any  time  to  amend  the
         Prospectus,   including  any  amendments  or  supplements  thereto  and
         including any revised  prospectus which the Company proposes for use by
         the Dealers in connection with the offering of the Shares which differs
         from  the  prospectus  on  file  with  the  Commission  at the  time of
         effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement,  whether  or  not  such
         revised  prospectus is required to be filed  pursuant to Rule 424(b) to
         comply with the 1933 Act, the Company  promptly will advise you thereof
         and will promptly  prepare and file with the Commission an amendment or
         supplement  which  will  correct  such  statement  or  omission  or  an
         amendment which will effect such compliance; and, in case any Dealer is
         required  to  deliver  a  prospectus  nine  months  or more  after  the
         effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company upon request,
         but  at  the  expense  of  such  Dealer,  will  prepare  promptly  such
         prospectus  or  prospectuses  as may be necessary to permit  compliance
         with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the 1933 Act.

(d)      The  Company  will not incur any  liability  or  obligation,  direct or
         contingent,  or enter into any material transaction,  other than in the
         ordinary course of business, except as contemplated by the Prospectus.

(e)      During such period as a  prospectus  is required by law to be delivered
         in  connection  with  offers  and  sales of the  Shares by an Dealer or
         dealer, the Company will furnish to you at its expense,  subject to the
         provisions  of  subsection  (d)  hereof,  copies  of  the  Registration
         Statement,   the  Prospectus,   each  preliminary  prospectus  and  all
         amendments  and  supplements to any such documents in each case as soon
         as available and in such quantities as you may reasonably request,  for
         the purposes contemplated by the 1933 Act.

(f)      The  Company  will   cooperate   with  the  Dealers  in  qualifying  or
         registering  the  Shares  for  sale  under  the  blue  sky laws of such
         jurisdictions  as the  Company  and the  Dealer  may  agree,  and  will
         continue such  qualifications in effect so long as reasonably  required
         for the distribution of the Shares.

(g)      The Company will use the net  proceeds  received by it from the sale of
         the Shares being sold by it in the manner specified in the Prospectus.

(h)      The Company will comply with all  applicable  registration,  filing and
         reporting  requirements  of the  Exchange  Act and the Nasdaq  SmallCap
         Market and will file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports
         on Form SR required by Rule 463 and will furnish you copies of any such
         reports  you may  request  as  soon as  practicable  after  the  filing
         thereof.

Section 7. Indemnification

The Company and Selling  Shareholders  agree to indemnify and hold harmless each
Dealer,  and each  Dealer  agrees  to  indemnify  the  Company  and the  Selling
Shareholders,  against  any losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities,  joint or
several, to which such party may become subject under the 1933 Act, the Exchange
Act or other  federal or state  statutory  law or  regulation,  at common law or
otherwise,  arising  out of  such  party's  own  conduct  with  respect  to this
offering.  The provisions of this Section shall survive any  termination of this
Agreement.

Section 8. Termination

Without  limiting the right to terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant to any other
provision hereof,  this agreement may be terminated by any party at any time for
any reason. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations,  warranties


                                      111
<PAGE>

and  other  statements  of  the  Company,  of  its  officers,   of  the  Selling
Stockholders  and of the several  Dealers set forth in or made  pursuant to this
Agreement will remain in full force and effect, and will survive delivery of and
payment for the Shares sold hereunder.

Section 9. Applicable Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of Utah.

Section 10. Signatures

If the  foregoing is in accordance  with your  understanding  of our  agreement,
kindly sign and return to us the enclosed  duplicates hereof,  whereupon it will
become a binding agreement among the Company,  the Selling  Stockholders and the
several Dealers including you, all in accordance with its terms.


Very truly yours,
The Murdock Group Career Satisfaction Corporation


By /s/ KC Holmes
   ----------------------------------
KC Holmes, Chief Executive Officer


Selling Stockholders


By /s/ KC Holmes
   ----------------------------------

KC Homes, Agent and Attorney-in-Fact

Selected Dealer Agreement


                                      112



                                  Exhibit 10.3

                            ORIGINAL LEASE AGREEMENT
                                     between
                    5300 SOUTH Associates, LLC as "Landlord"
                        and THE MURDOCK GROUP as "Tenant"


                             BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

Lease Date:  For  identification  purposes only, the date of this Lease is dated
January 8, 1998.

Landlord: 5300 South Associates, LLC, a California limited liability company

Tenant: Envision Career Services, LLC dba The Murdock Group

Project: The US West Dex Center

Building Address: 5295 South 300 West, Murray, Utah 84107

Rentable Area of Building: Approximately 136,608 square feet

Premises:  Floor:  4th Floor;  Suite & Rentable Area; Suite #475 = Approximately
2,174 square feet ("Existing Premises"); Suite #450 = Approximately 7,071 square
feet ("Additional Premises")

Term:  60 full  calendar  months (plus any partial month at the beginning of the
Term)

Commencement Date: May 1, 1998

Expiration Date: The last day of the 60th lull calendar month in the Term

Base Rent per month:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Period        Suite 475 (2174 RSF)    Suite 450 (7,071 RSF)    Total (9,254 RSF)
<S>                <C>                     <C>                      <C>
5/1/98 - 4/30/99   $3,261.00 ($18.00/yr)   $11,785.00 ($20.00/yr)   $15,046.00/mo
5/1/99 - 4/30/00   $3,442.17 ($19.00/yr)   $12,374.25 ($21.00/yr)   $15,816.42/mo
5/1/00 - 4/30/01   $3,623.34 ($20.00/yr)   $12,963.50 ($22.00/yr)   $16,586.84/mo
5/1/01 - 4/30/02   $4,166.83 ($23.00/yr)   $13,552.75 ($23.00/yr)   $17,719.58/mo
5/1/02 - 4/30/03   $4,348.00 ($24.00/yr)   $14,142.00 ($24.00/yr)   $18,490.00/mo
</TABLE>

Base Year:  Existing Premises = 1994 Calendar Year;  Additional  Premises = 1998
Calendar Year

Tenant's Share: Existing Premises = 1.59%; Additional Premises = 5.18%

Security Deposit: None - Personally guaranteed by principals

Landlord's Address for Payment: 5300 South Associates, LLC, File73 224, P.O. Box
60000, San Francisco, CA 94160-3224


                                      113

<PAGE>

Business Hours: 8:00 am to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday (excluding holidays)
Saturday 8:00 am to 2:00 p.m. (excluding holidays)

Landlord's Address for Notices:  5300 South Associates,  LLC do William Wilson &
Associates  2929 Campus  Drive,  Suite 450 San Mateo,  CA 94403,  Attn:  General
Counsel;  with a copy  to:  5300  South  Associates,  LLC do  William  Wilson  &
Associates  5295 South 300 West  Murray,  UT 84107;  Attn:  Building  Management
Office

Tenant's Address for Notices: The Murdock Group, 5295 South 300 West, Suite 300,
Murray, UT 84107

Access Card Deposit: $5.00 per card

Broker(s): None

Guarantor(s): K.C. Holmes and Heather Stone

Property Manager: William Wilson & Associates

Exhibit A: The Premises

Exhibit B: Construction Rider

Exhibit C: Building Rules

Exhibit D: Additional Provisions (Parking)

Exhibit E: Guaranty (personally guaranteed by principals)


The Basic Lease  Information  set forth above is part of the Lease. In the event
of any conflict  between any  provision in the Basic Lease  Information  and the
Lease,  the Lease  shall  control.  

THIS  LEASE  is  made  as of  the  Lease  Date  set  forth  in the  Basic  Lease
Information,  by  and  between  the  Landlord  identified  in  the  Basic  Lease
Information  ("Landlord"),   and  the  Tenant  identified  in  the  Basic  Lease
Information ("Tenant"). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1.  PREMISES.  Landlord  hereby leases to Tenant,  and Tenant hereby leases from
Landlord, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Lease, the office
space   identified  in  the  Basic  Lease   Information  as  the  Premises  (the
"Premises"), in the Building located at the address specified in the Basic Lease
Information (the "Building").  The approximate configuration and location of the
Premises is shown on Exhibit A. Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area
of the  Premises for all  purposes  under this Lease shall be the Rentable  Area
specified  in the Basic  Lease  Information.  The  Building,  together  with the
parking  facilities  serving the  Building  (the  "Parking  Facility"),  and the
parcel(s) of land on which the  Building  and the Parking  Facility are situated
(collectively,  the "Property"),  is part of the Project identified in the Basic
Lease Information (the "Project"). 

2. TERM; POSSESSION; AND EARLY TERMINATION OF
EXISTING LEASE;  AND EARLY  TERMINATION OF EXISTING LEASE.

(a) The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall commence on the Commencement  Date
as described below and, unless sooner terminated, shall expire on the Expiration
Date set forth in the Basic  Lease  Information  (the  "Expiration  Date").  The
"Commencement Date" shall be January 1, 1998.

(b)  Reference  is herein  made to that  certain  Office  Building  Lease  dated
November 1, 1993, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated October 4, 1996
(together,  the "Existing Lease") by and between Busch Forum Limited Partnership
(the  "Original  Landlord")  and Denis R.  Murdock (the  "Original  Tenant") for
approximately  2,174 rentable square feet of space in the Building.  Landlord is
successor in interest to Original  Landlord.  Tenant is successor in interest to
Original  Tenant.  Notwithstanding  the terms and  conditions  contained  in the
Existing  Lease,  the  Term of the  Existing  Lease  shall  terminate  upon  the
Commencement Date of this Lease.  Tenant shall remain liable for all obligations


                                      114
<PAGE>

of Tenant accruing through the termination date of the Existing Lease, including
the payment of Basic Rental, Operating Expenses and taxes.

3. RENT.

3.1 Base Rent.  Tenant  agrees to pay to Landlord the Base Rent set forth in the
Basic Lease  Information,  without  prior notice or demand,  on the first day of
each and every  calendar  month  during the Term,  except that Base Rent for the
first  lull  calendar  month in which  Base Rent is  payable  shall be paid upon
Tenant's  execution  of this  Lease and Base Rent for any  partial  month at the
beginning of the Term shall be paid on the Commencement  Date. Base Rent for any
partial month at the beginning or end of the Term shall be prorated based on the
actual number of days in the month.

If the Basic Lease Information provides for any change in Base Rent by reference
to years or months (without  specifying  particular dates), the change will take
effect on the applicable annual or monthly  anniversary of the Commencement Date
(which won't necessarily be the first day of a calendar month).

3.2 Additional Rent: Increases in Operating Costs and Taxes.

(a)  Definitions.

(1) "Base Operating Costs" means Operating Costs for the calendar year specified
as the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information  (excluding therefrom,  however,
any  Operating  Costs of a nature  that would not  ordinarily  be incurred on an
annual, recurring basis).

(2) "Base Taxes" means Taxes for the calendar year specified as the Base Year in
the Basic Lease Information.

(3) "Operating  Costs" means all costs of managing,  operating,  maintaining and
repairing the Property, including all costs, expenditures, fees and charges for:

(A) Operation,  maintenance and repair of the Property  (including  maintenance,
repair  and   replacement  of  glass,   the  roof  covering  or  membrane,   and
landscaping);   (13)utilities   and   services   (including   telecommunications
facilities and equipment,  recycling programs and trash removal), and associated
supplies and materials;  (C) compensation (including employment taxes and fringe
benefits)  for persons  who perform  duties in  connection  with the  operation,
management,  maintenance  and repair of the Building,  such  compensation  to be
appropriately  allocated  for persons who also perform  duties  unrelated to the
Building;  (D) property  (including coverage for earthquake and flood if carried
by  Landlord),  liability,  rental  income and other  insurance  relating to the
Property, and expenditures for deductible amounts paid under such insurance; (E)
licenses,  permits and  inspections;  (F) complying with the requirements of any
law,  statute,  ordinance  or  governmental  rule or  regulation  or any  orders
pursuant thereto (collectively "Laws"); (G) amortization of capital improvements
required to comply with Laws, or which are intended to reduce Operating Costs or
improve  the  utility,  efficiency  or  capacity of any  Building  System,  with
interest  on the  unamortized  balance  at the rate  paid by  Landlord  on funds
borrowed to finance such capital  improvements  (or, if Landlord  finances  such
improvements out of Landlord's funds without  borrowing,  the rate that Landlord
would have paid to borrow such funds,  as  reasonably  determined  by Landlord),
over such useful life as Landlord shall reasonably  determine;  (H) an office in
the Project for the management of the Property, including expenses of furnishing
and  equipping  such office and the rental value of any space  occupied for such
purposes;  (I)  property  management  fees;  (J)  accounting,  legal  and  other
professional  services incurred in connection with the operation of the Property
and the calculation of Operating Costs and Taxes; (K) a reasonable allowance for
depreciation  on machinery  and  equipment  used to maintain the Property and on
other  personal  property  owned by Landlord in the Property  (including  window
coverings  and  carpeting  in common  areas);  (L)  contesting  the  validity or
applicability of any Laws that may affect the Property; (M) the Building's share
of any shared or common area maintenance fees and expenses  (including costs and
expenses of operating, managing, owning and maintaining the Parking Facility and
the common areas of the Project and any fitness  center or conference  center in
the Project); and (N) any other cost, expenditure, fee or charge, whether or not


                                      115
<PAGE>

hereinbefore  described,  which in accordance with generally  accepted  property
management  practices  would be  considered  an expense of managing,  operating,
maintaining  and repairing the Property.  Operating  Costs for any calendar year
during which average  occupancy of the Building is less than one hundred percent
(100%) shall be calculated  based upon the Operating  Costs that would have been
incurred if the Building had an average  occupancy of one hundred percent (100%)
during the entire calendar year.

Operating Costs shall not include (i) capital  improvements (except as otherwise
provided above);  (ii) costs of special services rendered to individual  tenants
(including  Tenant)  for which a  special  charge is made;  (iii)  interest  and
principal payments on loans or indebtedness secured by the Building;  (iv) costs
of  improvements  for  Tenant or other  tenants  of the  Building;  (v) costs of
services or other benefits of a type which are not available to Tenant but which
are  available to other tenants or  occupants,  and costs for which  Landlord is
reimbursed  by other  tenants  of the  Building  other than  through  payment of
tenants'  shares of  increases  in  Operating  Costs  and  Taxes;  (vi)  leasing
commissions,  attorneys'  fees and other  expenses  incurred in connection  with
leasing space in the Building or enforcing such leases;  (vii)  depreciation  or
amortization,  other  than  as  specifically  enumerated  in the  definition  of
Operating  Costs above;  and (vi ii) costs,  fines or penalties  incurred due to
Landlord's violation of any Law.

(4) "Taxes"  means:  all real  property  taxes and general,  special or district
assessments  or other  governmental  impositions,  of whatever  kind,  nature or
origin,  imposed  on or by  reason  of the  ownership  or  use of the  Property;
governmental  charges,  fees or  assessments  for transit or traffic  mitigation
(including area-wide traffic improvement  assessments and transportation  system
management  fees),  housing,  police,  fire or  other  governmental  service  or
purported  benefits to the  Property;  personal  property  taxe  assessed on the
personal  property of Landlord used in the  operation of the  Property;  service
payments  in lieu of taxes and taxes and  assessments  of every  kind and nature
whatsoever  levied or assessed in addition to, in lieu of or in substitution for
existing or additional  real or personal  property  taxes on the Property or the
personal  property  described  above;  any increases in the foregoing  caused by
changes in assessed valuation,  tax rate or other factors or circumstances;  and
the  reasonable  cost of contesting  by  appropriate  proceedings  the amount or
validity of any taxes,  assessments or charges  described  above.  To the extent
paid by Tenant or other  tenants as  "Tenant's  Taxes" (as  defined in Section 8
Tenant's Taxes), "Tenant's Taxes" shall be excluded from Taxes.

(5)  "Tenant's  Share"  means the Rentable  Area of the Premises  divided by the
total  Rentable  Area  of  the  Building,  as  set  forth  in  the  Basic  Lease
Information.  If the  Rentable  Area of the  Building is changed or the Rentable
Area of the  Premises  is  changed  by  Tenant's  leasing  of  additional  space
hereunder or for any other reason, Tenant's Share shall be adjusted accordingly.

(b) Additional Rent.

(1) Tenant shall pay Landlord as  "Additional  Rent" for each  calendar  year or
portion  thereof during the Term Tenant's Share of the sum of (x) the amount (if
any) by which Operating Costs for such period exceed Base Operating  Costs,  and
(y) the amount (if any) by which Taxes for such period exceed Base Taxes.

(2) Prior  to the end of the  Base  Year and  each  calendar  year  thereafter,
Landlord shall notify' Tenant of Landlord's  estimate of Operating Costs,  Taxes
and Tenant's Additional Rent for the following calendar year.  Commencing on the
first day of January of each  calendar  year and  continuing on the first day of
every month  thereafter in such year,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord  one-twelfth
(1/12th) of the estimated Additional Rent. If Landlord thereafter estimates that
Operating Costs or Taxes for such year will vary from Landlord's prior estimate,
Landlord  may,  by notice to  Tenant,  revise  the  estimate  for such year (and
Additional Rent shall thereafter be payable based on the revised estimate).

(3) As soon as  reasonably  practicable  after the end of the Base Year and each
calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement with respect
to such year,  showing Operating Costs,  Taxes and Additional Rent for the year,
and the total payments made by Tenant with respect thereto. Unless Tenant raises
any objections to Landlord's  statement within ninety (90) days after receipt of


                                      116
<PAGE>

the same, such statement  shall  conclusively be deemed correct and Tenant shall
have no right  thereafter  to dispute such  statement or any item therein or the
computation  of  Additional  Rent based  thereon.  If Tenant does object to such
statement,  then Landlord shall provide Tenant with  reasonable  verification of
the figures shown on the statement and the parties shall negotiate in good faith
to resolve any disputes.  Any  objection of Tenant to  Landlord's  statement and
resolution of any dispute shall not postpone the time for payment of any amounts
due Tenant or Landlord based on Landlord's  statement,  nor shall any failure of
Landlord to deliver  Landlord's  statement in a timely manner  relieve Tenant of
Tenant's  obligation  to pay  any  amounts  due  Landlord  based  on  Landlord's
statement.

(4) If Tenant's  Additional  Rent as finally  determined  for any calendar  year
exceeds the total payments made by Tenant on account  thereof,  Tenant shall pay
Landlord the deficiency  within ten (10) days of Tenant's  receipt of Landlord's
statement.  If the  total  payments  made by Tenant on  account  thereof  exceed
Tenant's  Additional Rent as finally  determined for such year,  Tenant's excess
payment shall be credited toward the rent next due from Tenant under this Lease.
For any partial  calendar year at the  beginning or end of the Term,  Additional
Rent shall be  prorated  on the basis of a 365-day  year by  computing  Tenant's
Share of the increases in Operating Costs and Taxes for the entire year and then
prorating  such amount for the number of days  during such year  included in the
Term.  Notwithstanding  the  termination  of this Lease,  Landlord  shall pay to
Tenant or Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as the case may be, within ten (10) days
after Tenant's  receipt of Landlord's  final  statement for the calendar year in
which this Lease terminates, the difference between Tenant's Additional Rent for
that year, as finally  determined by Landlord,  and the total amount  previously
paid by Tenant on account thereof

If for any reason Base Taxes or Taxes for any year during the Term are  reduced,
refunded  or  otherwise  changed,  Tenant's  Additional  Rent shall be  adjusted
accordingly.  If Taxes  are  temporarily  reduced  as a  result  of space in the
Building being leased to a tenant that is entitled to an exemption from property
taxes or other taxes, then for purposes of determining  Additional Rent for each
year in which Taxes are reduced by any such exemption, Taxes for such year shall
be  calculated on the basis of the amount the Taxes for the year would have been
in the  absence of the  exemption.  The  obligations  of  Landlord to refund any
overpayment  of  Additional  Rent and of Tenant to pay any  Additional  Rent not
previously  paid  shall  survive  the  expiration  of the Term.  Notwithstanding
anything to the  contrary  in this Lease,  if there is at any time a decrease in
Taxes  below the amount of the Taxes for the Base  Year,  then for  purposes  of
calculating  Additional  Rent for the year in which such decrease occurs and all
subsequent periods,  Base Taxes shall be reduced to equal the Taxes for the year
in which the decrease occurs.

3.3 Payment of Rent. All amounts  payable or  reimbursable  by Tenant under this
Lease,  including  late  charges  and  interest  (collectively,  "Rent"),  shall
constitute  rent and shall be  payable  and  recoverable  as rent in the  manner
provided in this Lease.  All sums  payable to Landlord on demand under the terms
of this Lease shall be payable  within ten (10) days after notice from  Landlord
of the  amounts  due.  All rent  shall be paid  without  offset,  recoupment  or
deduction  in lawful  money of the  United  States of  America  to  Landlord  at
Landlord's  Address  for  Payment  of  Rent  as set  forth  in the  Basic  Lease
Information, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from
time to time designate.

4.  SECURITY  DEPOSIT.  On  execution of this Lease,  Tenant shall  deposit with
Landlord  the amount  specified in the Basic Lease  Information  as the Security
Deposit,  if any (the "Security  Deposit"),  as security for the  performance of
Tenant's  obligations  under  this  Lease.  Landlord  may  (but  shall  have  no
obligation to) use the Security Deposit or any portion thereof to cure any Event
of Default  under this Lease or to compensate  Landlord for any damage  Landlord
incurs as a result of Tenant's  failure to perform  any of Tenant's  obligations
hereunder.  In such  event  Tenant  shall  pay to  Landlord  on demand an amount
sufficient to replenish the Security Deposit. If Tenant is not in default at the
expiration or  termination  of this Lease,  Landlord  shall return to Tenant the
Security Deposit or the balance thereof then held by Landlord and not applied as
provided  above.  Landlord may  commingle the Security  Deposit with  Landlord's
general and other funds.  Landlord  shall not be required to pay interest on the
Security Deposit to Tenant.

5. USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.


                                      117
<PAGE>

5.1 Use. The Premises  shall be used and  occupied for general  business  office
purposes  and for no other use or purpose.  Tenant shall comply with all present
and future Laws  relating to Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises (and make
any repairs,  alterations  or  improvements  as required to comply with all such
Laws),  and shall observe the "Building Rules" (as defined in Section 27 - Rules
and Regulations).  Tenant shall not do, bring, keep or sell anything in or about
the Premises that is prohibited  by, o that will cause a  cancellation  of or an
increase in the existing premium for, any insurance policy covering the Property
or any part thereof. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be occupied or used
in any manner that will  constitute  waste or a  nuisance,  or disturb the quiet
enjoyment of or otherwise annoy other tenants in the Building.  Without limiting
the  foregoing,  the  Premises  shall  not be used for  educational  activities,
practice of medicine or any of the healing arts, providing social services,  for
any  governmental  use  (including  embassy or consulate  use), or for personnel
agency,  customer service office, studios for radio,  television or other media,
travel  agency or  reservation  center  operations  or uses.  Tenant  shall not,
without  the prior  consent  of  Landlord,  (i) bring into the  Building  or the
Premises anything that may cause substantial noise, odor or vibration,  overload
the floors in the Premises or the  Building or any of the  heating,  ventilating
and air-conditioning ("HVAC"), mechanical,  elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire
protection,  life safety,  security or other Systems in the Building  ("Building
Systems"),  or jeopardize the  structural  integrity of the Building or any part
thereof;  (ii) connect to the utility  systems of the  Building  any  apparatus,
machinery or other  equipment  other than  typical  office  equipment;  or (iii)
connect to any  electrical  circuit in the Premises any  equipment or other load
with  aggregate  electrical  power  requirements  in  excess of 80% of the rated
capacity of the circuit.

5.2 Hazardous Materials.

(a) Definitions.

(1)  "Hazardous  Materials"  shall  mean any  substance:  (A) that now or in the
future is regulated or governed by, requires investigation or remediation under,
or  is  defined  as  a  hazardous  waste,  hazardous  substance,   pollutant  or
contaminant under any governmental statute, code, ordinance, regulation, rule or
order,  and any amendment  thereto,  including the  Comprehensive  Environmental
Response  Compensation  and Liability  Act, 42 U.S.C.  ss.9601 et seq.,  and the
Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. ss.69 et seq., or (B) that is
toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, radioactive,  carcinogenic, dangerous or
otherwise hazardous,  including gasoline,  diesel fuel, petroleum  hydrocarbons,
polychlorinated  biphenyls  (?CBs),  asbestos,  radon and urea formaldehyde foam
insulation.

(2) "Environmental Requirements" shall mean all present and future Laws, orders,
permits, licenses, approvals,  authorizations and other requirements of any kind
applicable to Hazardous Materials

(3)  "Handled by Tenant" and  "Handling  by Tenant"  shall mean and refer to any
installation,  handling, generation, storage, use, disposal, discharge, release,
abatement, removal, transportation,  or any other activity of any type by Tenant
or  its  agents,  employees,  contractors,   licensees,  assignees,  sublessees,
transferees or representatives (collectively,  "Representatives") or its guests,
customers,  invitees, or visitors  (collectively,  "Visitors"),  at or about the
Premises in connection with or involving Hazardous
Materials.

(4)  "Environmental  Losses"  shall  mean all  costs and  expenses  of any kind,
damages,  including foreseeable and unforeseeable  consequential  damages, fines
and penalties  incurred in connection  with any violation of and compliance with
Environmental  Requirements  and all  losses  of any  kind  attributable  to the
diminution of value,  loss of use or adverse effects on  marketability or use of
any portion of the Premises or Property.  

(b) Tenant's Covenants.  No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled by Tenant at or
about the Premises or Property without  Landlord's prior written consent,  which
consent may be granted,  denied,  or conditioned upon compliance with Landlord's
requirements,  all  in  Landlord's  absolute  discretion.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  normal quantities and use of those Hazardous  Materials  customarily
used in the  conduct of general  office  activities,  such as copier  fluids and
cleaning supplies ("Permitted Hazardous  Materials"),  may be used and stored at

                                      118
<PAGE>

the Premises without  Landlord's  prior written consent,  provided that Tenant's
activities  at or about the  Premises and Property and the Handling by Tenant of
all  Hazardous  Materials  shall  comply  at all  times  with all  Environmental
Requirements.  At the  expiration  or  termination  of the Lease,  Tenant  shall
promptly remove from the Premises and Property all Hazardous  Materials  Handled
by Tenant at the Premises or the Property. Tenant shall keep Landlord frilly and
promptl  informed of all  Handling by Tenant of Hazardous  Materials  other than
Permitted  Hazardous  Materials.  Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the
compliance  with  all of the  provisions  of  this  Section  by all of  Tenant's
Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant's obligations under this Section
(including  its  indemnification  obligations  under  paragraph (e) below) shall
survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(c)  Compliance.  Tenant  shall at Tenant's  expense  promptly  take all actions
required by any governmental  agency or entity in connection with or as a result
of the  Handling by Tenant of  Hazardous  Materials  at or about the Premises or
Property,  including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal and
remediation work required with respect to those Hazardous  Materials,  complying
with all  closure  requirements  and  post-closure  monitoring,  and  filing all
required  reports or plans. All of the foregoing work and all Handling by Tenant
of all Hazardous  Materials  shall be performed in a good,  safe and workmanlike
manner by  consultants  qualified  and licensed to undertake  such work and in a
manner that will not interfere with any other  tenant's  quiet  enjoyment of the
Property or Landlord's use, operation,  leasing and sale of the Property. Tenant
shall  deliver to  Landlord  prior to delivery to any  governmental  agency,  or
promptly after receipt from any such agency,  copies of all permits,  manifests,
closure or remedial action plans,  notices,  and all other documents relating to
the  Handling  by Tenant of  Hazardous  Materials  at or about the  Premises  or
Property.  If any lien  attaches to the Premises or the  Property in  connection
with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, and Tenant
does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or otherwise, within
ten (10) days after the  attachment  thereof,  Landlord shall have the right but
not the  obligation  to cause the same to be released  and any sums  expended by
Landlord (plus Landlord's administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be
payable by Tenant on demand.

(d) Landlord's Rights. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to
enter the Premises at any  reasonable  time (i) to confirm  Tenant's  compliance
with  the  provisions  of  this  Section  5.2,  and  (ii)  to  perform  Tenant's
obligations  under this  Section if Tenant has failed to do so after  reasonable
notice to  Tenant.  Landlord  shall  also  have the  right to  engage  qualified
Hazardous Materials  consultants to inspect the Premises and review the Handling
by Tenant of Hazardous  Materials,  including  review of all  permits,  reports,
plans,  and other  documents  regarding  same.  Tenant  shall pay to Landlord on
demand  the costs of  Landlord's  consultants'  fees and all costs  incurred  by
Landlord in performing Tenant's  obligations under this Section.  Landlord shall
use  reasonable  efforts to minimize any  interference  with  Tenant's  business
caused  by  Landlord's  entry  into the  Premises,  but  Landlord  shall  not be
responsible for any interference caused thereby.  

(e) Tenant's  Indemnification.  Tenant agrees to indemnify,  defend, protect and
hold  harmless  Landlord and its partners or members and its or their  partners,
members,  directors,  officers,  shareholders,  employees  and  agents  from all
Environmental   Losses  and  all  other  claims,   actions,   losses,   damages,
liabilities,  costs and expenses of every kind, including reasonable attorneys',
experts' and consultants' fees and costs,  incurred at any time and arising from
or in connection with the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous  Materials at or about
the  Property  or  Tenant's  failure to comply in frill  with all  Environmental
Requirements with respect to the Premises.

6. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS.

6.1 Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective  obligations with respect
to design and  construction of any  improvements to be constructed and installed
in the Premises  (the "Tenant  Improvements"),  as provided in the  Construction
Rider.  Except  for any  Tenant  Improvements  to be  constructed  by  Tenant as
provided  in the  Construction  Rider,  Tenant  shall not make any  alterations,
improvements or changes to the Premises,  including installation of any security


                                      119
<PAGE>

system or  telephone  or data  communication  wiring,  ("Alterations"),  without
Landlord's  prior written consent.  Any such  Alterations  shall be completed by
Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense: (i) with due diligence,  in a good and
workmanlike  manner,  using new  materials;  (ii) in  compliance  with plans and
specifications  approved by Landlord;  (iii) in compliance with the construction
rules  and  regulations  promulgated  by  Landlord  from  time to time;  (iv) in
accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work,  whether  structural or
non-structural  inside or outside the  Premises,  required to comply frilly with
all applicable Laws and  necessitated by Tenant's work);  and (v) subject to all
conditions which Landlord may in Landlord's  discretion impose.  such conditions
may include requirements for Tenant to: (i) provide payment or performance bonds
or additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant's contractors,  subcontractors or
design  professionals);  (ii) use  contractors or  subcontractors  designated by
Landlord;  and  (iii)  remove  all or part of the  Alterations  prior to or upon
expiration or  termination  of the Term, as designated by Landlord.  If any work
outside  the  Premises,  or any  work on or  adjustment  to any of the  Building
Systems,  is required in connection  with or as a result of Tenant's work,  such
work shall be  performed  at  Tenant's  expense  by  contractors  designated  by
Landlord.  Landlord's  right to review and approve  (or  withhold  approval  of)
Tenant's plans,  drawings,  specifications,  contractor(s)  and other aspects of
construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord, the
Property and Landlord's  interests.  No approval or consent by Landlord shall be
deemed or  construed  to be a  representation  or warranty by Landlord as to the
adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with
applicable  Laws  or  other  requirements.   Except  as  otherwise  provided  in
Landlord's  consent,  all Alterations shall upon installation become part of the
realty and be the  property  of  Landlord.  

6.2  Before  making  any  Alterations,  Tenant  shall  submit  to  Landlord  for
Landlord's  prior approval  reasonably  detailed final plans and  specifications
prepared  by a  licensed  architect  or  engineer,  a copy  of the  construction
contract,  including the name of the contractor and all subcontractors  proposed
by Tenant to make the Alterations and a copy of the contractor's license. Tenant
shall  reimburse  Landlord upon demand for any expenses  incurred by Landlord in
connection  with any  Alterations  made by  Tenant,  including  reasonable  fees
charged  by  Landlord's   contractors   or   consultants  to  review  plans  and
specifications  prepared by Tenant and to update the existing as-built plans and
specifications  of the Building to reflect the Alterations.  Tenant shall obtain
all applicable  permits,  authorizations and governmental  approvals and deliver
copies of the same to Landlord before commencement of any Alterations.

6.3 Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property  free and clear of all liens
arising out of any work performed,  materials furnished or obligations  incurred
by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises or the Property, and Tenant
does not cause the same to be released by payment,  bonding or otherwise  within
ten (10) days after the  attachment  thereof;  Landlord shall have the right but
not the  obligation  to cause the same to be released,  and any sums expended by
Landlord (plus Landlord's administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be
payable by Tenant on demand with interest  thereon from the date of  expenditure
by Landlord at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 16.2 - Interest). Tenant
shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days' notice prior to the  commencement of
any Alterations  and cooperate with Landlord in posting and maintaining  notices
of non-responsibility in connection therewith.

6.4 Subject to the  provisions of Section 5 - Use and  Compliance  with Laws and
the  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section,  Tenant may install  and  maintain
furnishings,  equipment, movable partitions,  business equipment and other trade
fixtures ("Trade Fixtures") in the Premises, provided that the Trade Fixtures do
not become an  integral  part of the  Premises  or the  Building.  Tenant  shall
promptly  repair  any  damage  to the  Premises  or the  Building  caused by any
installation or removal of such Trade Fixtures.

7.  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS 

7.1 By taking  possession of the Premises
Tenant  agrees that the  Premises are then in a good and  tenantable  condition.
During the Term, Tenant at Tenant's expense but under the direction of Landlord,
shall repair and maintain the  Premises,  including  the interior  walls,  floor
coverings,  ceiling (ceiling tiles and grid), Tenant Improvements,  Alterations,


                                      120
<PAGE>

fire  extinguishers,   outlets  and  fixtures,  and  any  appliances  (including
dishwashers,  hot water heaters and garbage  disposers)  in the  Premises,  in a
first  class  condition,  and keep the  Premises  in a clean,  safe and  orderly
condition.  

7.2 Landlord shall maintain or cause to be maintained in reasonably  good order,
condition and repair, the structural portions of the roof,  foundations,  floors
and exterior  walls of the Building,  the Building  Systems,  and the public and
common  areas  of  the  Property,  such  as  elevators,  stairs,  corridors  and
restrooms;  provided, however, that Tenant shall pay the cost of repairs for any
damage  occasioned by Tenant's use of the Premises or the Property or any act or
omission of Tenant or Tenant's  Representatives  or Visitors,  to the extent (if
any) not covered by Landlord's  property  insurance.  Landlord shall be under no
obligation to inspect the Premises.  Tenant shall promptly  report in writing to
Landlord any defective  condition  known to Tenant which Landlord is required to
repair. As a material part of the  consideration  for this Lease,  Tenant hereby
waives any  benefits  of any  applicable  existing  or future Law that  allows a
tenant to make repairs at its landlord's expense.

7.3  Landlord  hereby  reserves  the  right,  at any time and from time to time,
without liability to Tenant, and without constituting an eviction,  constructive
or otherwise,  or entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent or to terminate this
Lease or otherwise releasing Tenant from any of Tenant's  obligations under this
Lease:

(a)  To  make  alterations,  additions,  repairs,  improvements  to  or in or to
decrease the size of area of all or any part of the  Building,  the fixtures and
equipment therein, and the Building Systems;

(b) To change the Building's name or street address;

(c) To install and  maintain  any and all signs on the  exterior and interior of
the Building;

(d) To reduce,  increase,  enclose or otherwise change at any time and from time
to time the size,  number,  location,  lay-out  and nature of the  common  areas
(including  the  Parking  Facility)  and other  tenancies  and  premises  in the
Property and to create  additional  rentable  areas  through use or enclosure of
common areas; and

(e) If any  governmental  authority  promulgates  or revises  any Law or imposes
mandatory  or  voluntary  controls or  guidelines  on  Landlord or the  Property
relating to the use or  conservation  of energy or utilities or the reduction of
automobile  or other  emissions or reduction or management of traffic or parking
on the Property (collectively "Controls"), to comply with such Controls, whether
mandatory or voluntary, or make any alterations to the Property related thereto.

8.  TENANT'S  TAXES.  "Tenant's  Taxes"  shall mean (a) all taxes,  assessments,
license fees and other  governmental  charges or impositions  levied or assessed
against or with respect to Tenant's  personal  property or Trade Fixtures in the
Premises,  whether any such  imposition  is levied  directly  against  Tenant or
levied  against  Landlord  or the  Property,  (b) all rental,  excise,  sales or
transaction privilege taxes arising Out of this Lease (excluding, however, state
and  federal  personal  or  corporate  income  taxes  measured  by the income of
Landlord from all sources) imposed by any taxing authority upon Landlord or upon
Landlord's  receipt of any rent payable by Tenant  pursuant to the terms of this
Lease ("Rental Tax"), and (c) any increase in Taxes attributable to inclusion of
a value placed on Tenant's  personal  property,  Trade Fixtures or  Alterations.
Tenant  shall pay any Rental Tax to Landlord in addition to and at the same time
as Base Rent is payable under this Lease, and shall pay all other Tenant's Taxes
befor   delinquency  (and,  at  Landlord's   request,   shall  furnish  Landlord
satisfactory  evidence thereof).  If Landlord pays Tenant's Taxes or any portion
thereof,  Tenant  shall  reimburse  Landlord  upon demand for the amount of such
payment, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of Landlord's
payment to the date of Tenant's reimbursement.

9. UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

9.1 Description of Services. Landlord shall furnish to the Premises:  reasonable
amounts of heat,  ventilation  and  air-conditioning  during the Business  Hours
specified in the Basic Lease Information  ("Business  Hours") on weekdays except
public  holidays  ("Business  Days");  reasonable  amounts of  electricity;  and

                                      121
<PAGE>

janitorial  services five days a week (except public  holidays).  Landlord shall
also provide the  Building  with normal  fluorescent  tube  replacement,  window
washing,  elevator service, and common area toile room supplies.  Any additional
utilities or services that Landlord may agree to provide (including lamp or tube
replacement  for other than Building  Standard  lighting  fixtures)  shall be at
Tenant's sole expense.

9.2 Payment for Additional Utilities and
Services.

(a) Upon request by Tenant in  accordance  with the  procedures  established  by
Landlord  from time to time for  furnishing  HVAC  service  at times  other than
Business Hours on Business  Days,  Landlord shall furnish such service to Tenant
and Tenant shall pay for such services on an hourly basis at the then prevailing
rate established for the Building by Landlord.  

(b) If the  temperature  otherwise  maintained in any portion of the Premises by
the HVAC  systems of the  Building  is  affected  as a result of (i) any lights,
machines or equipment  used by Tenant in the Premises,  or (ii) the occupancy of
the Premises by more than one person per 150 square feet of rentable area,  then
Landlord  shall have the right to install any machinery or equipment  reasonably
necessary to restore the  temperature,  including  modifications to the standard
air-conditioning  equipment.  The cost of any such equipment and  modifications,
including  the cost of  installation  and any  additional  cost of operation and
maintenance of the same, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

(c) If Tenant's usage of electricity, water or any other utility service exceeds
the use of such utility Landlord determines to be typical,  normal and customary
for the  Building,  Landlord may  determine the amount of such excess use by any
reasonable  means  (including  the  installation  at  Landlord's  request but at
Tenant's  expense  of a separate  meter or other  measuring  device)  and charge
Tenant for the cost of such excess  usage.  In  addition,  Landlord may impose a
reasonable charge for the use of any additional or unusual  janitorial  services
required by Tenant because of any unusual Tenant  Improvements  or  Alterations,
the carelessness of Tenant or the nature of Tenant's  business  (including hours
of operation).

9.3  Interruption of Services.  In the event of an interruption in or failure or
inability  to provide any  services or utilities to the Premises or Building for
any reason (a "Service Failure"),  such Service Failure shall not, regardless of
its  duration,  impose upon  Landlord any  liability  whatsoever,  constitute an
eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of
rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant's
obligations under this Lease. Tenan hereby waives any benefits of any applicable
existing  or future Law  permitting  the  termination  of this Lease due to such
interruption, failure or inability.

10. EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

10.1 Landlord's  Indemnification of Tenant.  Landlord shall indemnify,  protect,
defend  and  hold  Tenant  harmless  from  and  against  any  claims,   actions,
liabilities,  damages,  costs or expenses,  including reasonable attorneys' fees
and costs  incurred in  defending  against the same  ("Claims")  asserted by any
third party against Tenant for loss,  injury or damage, to the extent such loss,
injury  or  damage is caused by the  willful  misconduct  or  negligent  acts or
omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives.

10.2 Tenant's  Indemnification  of Landlord.  Tenant shall  indemnify,  protect,
defend and hold Landlord and Landlord's authorized representatives harmless from
and against  Claims arising from (a) the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant's
Representatives or Visitors in or about the Property, or (b) any construction or
other work undertaken by Tenant on the Premises  (including any design defects),
or (c) any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant, or (d) any loss, injury
or damage,  howsoever  and by  whomsoever  caused,  to any  person or  property,
occurring  in or about the  Premises  during  the Term,  excepting  only  Claims
described  in this  clause  (d) to the  extent  they are  caused by the  willful
misconduct  or  negligent  acts  or  omissions  of  Landlord  or its  authorized
representatives. 

10.3 Damage to Tenant and  Tenant's  Property.  Landlord  shall not be liable to
Tenant for any loss, injury or other damage to Tenant or to Tenant's property in
or about the Premises or the Property from any cause  (including  defects in the

                                      122
<PAGE>

Property or in any equipment in the Property; fire, explosion or other casualty;
bursting,  rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes or lines,
sprinklers,  tanks, drains, drinking fountains or washstands in, above, or about
the Premises or the Property; or acts of other tenants in the Property).  Tenant
hereby waives all claims  against  Landlord for any such loss,  injury or damage
and the cost and expense of defending against claims relating thereto, including
any loss, injury or damage caused by Landlord's  negligence  (active or passive)
or willful misconduct.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the
contrary,  in no event shall  Landlord  be liable to Tenant for any  punitive or
consequential damages or damages for loss of business by Tenant.

10.4  Survival.  The  obligations  of the  parties  under this  Section 10 shall
survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

11 INSURANCE. 11.1 Tenant's Insurance.

(a) Liability  Insurance.  Tenant shall  maintain in frill force  throughout the
Term, commercial general liability insurance providing coverage on an occurrence
form basis with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) each
occurrence for bodily injury and property damage  combined,  Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000.00)   annual   general   aggregate,    and   Two   Million   Dollars
($2,000,000.00)  products and completed  operations annual  aggregate.  Tenant's
liability   insurance  policy  or  policies  shall:  (i)  include  premises  and
operations  liability  coverage,  products and  completed  operations  liability
coverage,  broad form property damage coverage including  completed  operations,
blanket  contractual  liability  coverage  including,   to  the  maximum  extent
possible,  coverage  for the  indemnification  obligations  of Tenant under this
Lease,  and  personal and  advertising  injury  coverage;  (ii) provide that the
insurance  company has the duty to defend all insureds  under the policy;  (iii)
provide that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete any of the
policy limits;  (iv) cover liabilities  arising Out of or incurred in connection
with  Tenant's  use or occupancy  of the  Premises or the  Property;  (v) extend
coverage to cover  liability  for the actions of  Tenant's  Representatives  and
Visitors;  and (iv) designate  separate limits for the Property.  Each policy of
liability insurance required by this Section shall:

(i) contain a cross liability endorsement or separation of insureds clause; (ii)
provide that any waiver of  subrogation  rights or release  prior to a loss does
not void  coverage;  (iii)  provide  that it is primary to and not  contributing
with, any policy of insurance  carried by Landlord  covering the same loss; (iv)
provide  that any  failure to comply  with the  reporting  provisions  shall not
affect  coverage  provided to  Landlord,  its  partners,  property  managers and
Mortgagees;  and (v) name Landlord, its partners the Property Manager identified
in the Basic Lease Information (the "Property Manager"),  and such other parties
in interest as Landlord may from time to time reasonably  designate to Tenant in
writing, as additional  insureds.  Such additional insureds shall be provided at
least the same extent of coverage as is provided to Tenant under such  policies.
All endorsements  effecting such additional  insured status shall be at least as
broad as additional insured endorsement form number CG 20 11 ii 85 promulgated b
the Insurance Services Office.

(b)  Property  Insurance.  Tenant  shall at all times  maintain  in effect  with
respect to any  Alterations  and Tenant's Trade Fixtures and personal  property,
commercial property insurance  providing coverage,  on an "all risk" or "special
form" basis, in an amount equal to at least 90% of the full  replacement cost of
the covered  property.  Tenant may carry such insurance  under a blanket policy,
provided that such policy  provides  coverage  equivalent to a separate  policy.
During the Term, the proceeds from any such policies of insurance  shall be used
for the repair or  replacement of the  Alterations,  Trade Fixtures and personal
property so insured. Landlord shall be provided coverage under such insurance to
the extent of its  insurable  interest  and,  if  requested  by  Landlord,  both
Landlord and Tenant shall sign all documents  reasonably  necessary or proper in
connection  with the  settlement  of any  claim or loss  under  such  insurance.
Landlord  will have no obligation to carry  insurance on any  Alterations  or on
Tenant's Trade Fixtures or personal property.

                                      123
<PAGE>

(c) Requirements For All Policies.  Each policy of insurance required under this
Section  1  shall:  (i) be in a form,  and  written  by an  insurer,  reasonably
acceptable  to Landlord,  (ii) be  maintained at Tenant's sole cost and expense,
and (iii) require at least thirty (30) days' written notice to Landlord prior to
any cancellation,  nonrenewable or modification of insurance coverage. Insurance
companies  issuing such  policies  shall have rating  classifications  of "A" or
better and financial size category  ratings of "VII" or better  according to the
latest  edition  of the A.M.  Best Key Rating  Guide.  All  insurance  companies
issuing such policies shall be admitted  carriers licensed to do business in the
state where the Property is located.  Any deductible amount under such insurance
shall not exceed  $5,000.  Tenant  shall  provide  to  Landlord,  upon  request,
evidence  that the insurance  required to be carried by Tenant  pursuant to this
Section,  including any endorsement  effecting the additional insured status, is
in lull force and effect and that premiums therefor have been paid. 

(d)  Updating  Coverage.  Tenant  shall  increase  the amounts of  insurance  as
required by any Mortgagee,  and, not more  frequently  than once every three (3)
years,  as recommended  by Landlord's  insurance  broker,  if, in the opinion of
either of them,  the amount of insurance  then required  under this Lease is not
adequate.  Any limits set forth in this Lease on the amount or type of  coverage
required by Tenant's  insurance  shall not limit the  liability  of Tenant under
this Lease.

(e) Certificates of Insurance. Prior to occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, and
not less than thirty  (30) days prior to  expiration  of any policy  thereafter,
Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate of insurance  reflecting that the
insurance  required by this Section is in force,  accompanied  by an endorsement
showing the required additional  insureds  satisfactory to Landlord in substance
and form.  Notwithstanding  the requirements of this paragraph,  Tenant shall at
Landlord's  request provide to Landlor a certified copy of each insurance policy
required to be in force at any time pursuant to the  requirements  of this Lease
or its Exhibits.

11.2  Landlord's  Insurance.  During the Term, to the extent such coverage's are
available at a commercially  reasonable cost,  Landlord shall maintain in effect
insurance  on the  Building  with  responsible  insurers,  on an "all  risk"  or
"special form" basis,  insuring the Building and the Tenant  Improvements  in an
amount equal to at least 90% of the  replacement  cost thereof,  excluding land,
foundations, footings and underground installations. Landlord may, but shall not
be obligated to, carry  insurance  against  additional  perils and/or in greater
amounts.

11.3 Mutual  Waiver of Right of Recovery & Waiver of  Subrogation.  Landlord and
Tenant  each  hereby  waive any right of  recovery  against  each  other and the
partners,  managers, members,  shareholders,  officers, directors and authorized
representatives  of each  other for any loss or damage  that is  covered  by any
policy of property  insurance  maintained  by either  party (or required by this
Lease to be  maintained)  with  respect to the  Premises or the  Property or any
operation therein, regardless of cause, including negligence (active or passive)
of the  party  benefiting  from the  waiver.  If any such  policy  of  insurance
relating to this Lease or to the  Premises or the  Property  does not permit the
foregoing  waiver or if the coverage  under any such policy would be invalidated
as a result of such waiver,  the party maintaining such policy shall obtain from
the  insurer  under  such  policy a waiver  of all right of  recovery  by way of
subrogation  against either party in connection  with any claim,  loss or damage
covered by such policy.

12. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

12.1 Landlord's Duty to repair.

(a) If all or a substantial  part of the Premises are rendered  untenantable  or
inaccessible  by  damage to all or any part of the  Property  from fire or other
casualty  then,  unless either party is entitled to and elects to terminate this
Lease  pursuant to Sections  12.2 -  Landlord's  Right to  Terminate  and 12.3 -
Tenant's  Right to Terminate,  Landlord  shall,  at its expense,  use reasonable
efforts to repair and restore the Premises and/or the Property,  as the case may
be, to  substantially  their  former  condition t the extent  permitted  by then
applicable  Laws;  provided,  however,  that in no event shall Landlord have any


                                      124
<PAGE>

obligation  for repair or  restoration  beyond the extent of insurance  proceeds
received by  Landlord  for such  repair or  restoration,  or for any of Tenant's
personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations. 

(b) If Landlord is required or elects to repair  damage to the  Premises  and/or
the Property,  this Lease shall  continue in effect,  but Tenant's Base Rent and
Additional  Rent shall be abated with regard to any portion of the Premises that
Tenant is  prevented  from using by reason of such damage or its repair from the
date of the casualty until  substantial  completion of Landlord's  repair of the
affected portion of the Premises as required under this Lease. In no event shall
Landlord  be liable to Tenant by reason of any  injury to or  interference  with
Tenant's  business or property  arising from fire or other casualty or by reason
of any repairs to any part of the Property necessitated by such casualty.

12.2 Landlord's  Right to Terminate.  Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease
following damage by fire or other casualty under the following circumstances:

(a) If, in the  reasonable  judgment of Landlord,  the Premises and the Property
cannot be  substantially  repaired and restored under applicable Laws within one
(1) year from the date of the casualty;

(b) If, in the reasonable  judgment of Landlord,  adequate proceeds are not, for
any reason,  made  available  to Landlord  from  Landlord's  insurance  policies
(and/or from  Landlord's  funds made  available for such purpose,  at Landlord's
sole  option) to make the  required  repairs;  

(c)  If the  Building  is  damaged  or  destroyed  to the  extent  that,  in the
reasonable  judgment of  Landlord,  the cost to repair and restore the  Building
would exceed  twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the frill  replacement  cost of the
Building, whether or not the Premises are at all damaged or destroyed; or

(d) If the fire or other casualty occurs during the last year of the Term.

If any of the circumstances  described in subparagraphs  (a), (b), (c) or (d) of
this Section 12.2 occur or arise,  Landlord  shall give Tenant notice within one
hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the casualty, specifying whether
Landlord  elects  to  terminate  this  Lease  as  provided  above  and,  if not,
Landlord's   estimate  of  the  time  required  to  complete  Landlord's  repair
obligations  under this Lease.  

12.3 Tenant's Right to Terminate.  If all or a substantial  part of the Premises
are rendered  untenantable  or  inaccessible by damage to all or any part of the
Property from fire or other  casualty,  and Landlord does not elect to terminate
as provided  above,  then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease if Landlord's
estimate of the time required to complete  Landlord's  repair  obligations under
this  Lease is greater  than one (1) year,  in which  event  Tenant may elect to
terminate  this Lease by giving  Landlord  notice of such  election to terminate
within thirty (30) days after  Landlord's  notice to Tenant  pursuant to Section
12.2 - Landlord's Right to Terminate.

12.4  Waiver.  Landlord  and Tenant  each  hereby  waive the  provisions  of any
applicable  existing  or  future  Law  permitting  the  termination  of a  lease
agreement in the event of damage or destruction  under any  circumstances  other
than as provided in Sections  12.2 - Landlord's  Right to  Terminate  and 12.3 -
Tenant's Right to Terminate.

13. CONDEMNATION.

13.1 Definitions.

(a) "Award" shall mean all  compensation,  sums,  or anything of value  awarded,
paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation.

(b) "Condemnation"  shall mean (i) a permanent taking (or a temporary taking for
a period  extending  beyond the end of the Term) pursuant to the exercise of the
power of condemnation or eminent domain by any public or quasi-public authority,
private  corporation or individual having such power  ("Condemnor"),  whether by
legal proceedings or otherwise, or (ii) a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord
to any such  authority,  either  under  threat of  condemnation  or while  legal
proceedings for condemnation are pending.

                                      125
<PAGE>

(c) "Date of Condemnation"  shall mean the earlier of the date that title to the
property  taken is vested in the  Condemnor  or the date the  Condemnor  has the
right to possession of the property being condemned.

13.2 Effect on Lease.


(a) If the  Premises  are  totally  taken  by  Condemnation,  this  Lease  shall
terminate  as of the  Date  of  Condemnation.  If a  portion  but not all of the
Premises is taken by Condemnation,  this Lease shall remain in effect; provided,
however,  that if the portion of the Premises  remaining after the  Condemnation
will be  unsuitable  for Tenant's  continued  use,  then upon notice to Landlord
within  thirty (30) days after  Landlord  notifies  Tenant of the  Condemnation,
Tenant may terminate this Lease effective as of the Date of
Condemnation.

(b) If  twenty-five  percent (25%) or more of the Project or of the parcel(s) of
land on which the  Building is  situated  or of the  Parking  Facility or of the
floor area in the  Building is taken by  Condemnation,  or if as a result of any
Condemnation the Building is no longer reasonably  suitable for use as an office
building,  whether or not any  portion of the  Premises is taken,  Landlord  may
elect to  terminate  this Lease,  effective as of the Date of  Condemnation,  by
notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days afte the Date of
Condemnation.

(c) If all or a portion of the Premises is temporarily  taken by a Condemnor for
a period not  extending  beyond the end of the Term,  this Lease shall remain in
lull force and effect.

13.3 Restoration.  If this Lease is not terminated as provided in Section 13.2 -
Effect on Lease,  Landlord,  at its expense,  shall diligently proceed to repair
and restore the Premises to  substantially  its former  condition (to the extent
permitted by then applicable  Laws) and/or repair and restore the Building to an
architecturally  complete office building;  provided,  however,  that Landlord's
obligations to so repair and restore shall be limited to the amount of any Award
received by Landlord and not require to be paid to any  Mortgagee (as defined in
Section 20.2 below). In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to repair or
replace any improvements in the Premises beyond the amount of any Award received
by Landlord  for such  repair or to repair or replace  any of Tenant's  personal
property, Trade Fixtures, or Alterations.  

13.4 Abatement and Reduction of Rent. If any portion of the Premises is taken in
a Condemnation or is rendered  permanently  untenantable by repairs necessitated
by the  Condemnation,  and this  Lease  is not  terminated,  the  Base  Rent and
Additional Rent payable under this Lease shall be  proportionally  reduced as of
the Date of  Condemnation  based upon the percentage of rentable  square feet in
the Premises so taken or rendered permanently untenantable. In addition, if this
Lease remains in effect following a Condemnation and Landlord proceeds to repair
and restore the Premises,  the Base Rent and Additional  Rent payable under this
Lease  shall be abated  during the period of such repair or  restoration  to the
extent such repairs prevent Tenant's use of the Premises.

13.5 Awards. Any Award made shall be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns
to Landlord,  and waives all interest in or claim to, any such Award,  including
any claim for the value of the unexpired Term;  provided,  however,  that Tenant
shall be entitled to receive, or to prosecute a separate claim for, an Award for
a temporary  taking of the  Premises or a portion  thereof by a Condemnor  where
this Lease is not  terminated (to the extent such Award relates to the unexpired
Term),  or an Award or portion  thereof  separately  designated  for  relocation
expenses  or  the  interruption  of  or  damage  to  Tenant's   business  or  as
compensation for Tenant's personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations.

13.6  Waiver.  Landlord  and Tenant  each  hereby  waive the  provisions  of any
applicable  existing  or future Law  allowing  either  party to  petition  for a
termination  of this  Lease  upon a partial  taking of the  Premises  and/or the
Property.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

14.1  Landlord's  Consent  Required.  Tenant  shall not assign this Lease or any
interest  therein,  or sublet or license or permit the use or  occupancy  of the


                                      126
<PAGE>

Premises or any part  thereof by or for the benefit of anyone other than Tenant,
or in any other manner transfer all or any part of Tenant's  interest under this
Lease  (each  and all a  "Transfer"),  without  the  prior  written  consent  of
Landlord,  which  consent  (subject to the other  provisions of this Section (4)
shall not be unreasonably  withheld.  If Tenant is a business entity, any direct
or indirect transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ownership interest of
the entity  (whether in a single  transaction  or in the aggregate  through more
than one transaction) shall be deemed a Transfer.  Notwithstanding any provision
in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or
otherwise encumber this Lease or all or any part of Tenant's interest under this
Lease. 

14.2 Reasonable Consent. 

(a) Prior to any proposed  Transfer,  Tenant shall submit in writing to Landlord
(i) the name and legal composition of the proposed assignee,  subtenant, user or
other transferee (each a "Proposed Transferee"); (ii) the nature of the business
proposed to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) a current balance sheet, income
statements for the last two years and such other reasonable  financial and other
information concerning the Proposed Transferee as Landlord may request; and (iv)
a copy of the proposed  assignment,  sublease or other  agreement  governing the
proposed Transfer. Within fifteen (15) Business Days after Landlord receives all
such  information it shall notify Tenant whether it approves or disapproves such
Transfer or if it elects to proceed  under  Section 14.7 -  Landlord's  Right to
Space.

(b) Tenant  acknowledges  and agrees that, among other  circumstances  for which
Landlord could reasonably  withhold consent to a proposed Transfer,  it shall be
reasonable  for Landlord to withhold  consent where (i) the Proposed  Transferee
does not intend itself to occupy the entire portion of the Premises  assigned or
sublet,  (ii)  Landlord  reasonably  disapproves  of the  Proposed  Transferee's
business  operating ability or history,  reputation or  creditworthiness  or the
character of the business to be  conducted  by the  Proposed  Transferee  at the
Premises,  (iii) the Proposed  Transferee is a governmental agency or unit or an
existing  tenant in the Project,  (iv) the proposed  Transfer  would violate any
"exclusive"  rights of any tenants in the Project,  (v)  Landlord or  Landlord's
agent has shown space in the Building to the Proposed Transferee or responded to
any inquiries from the Proposed  Transferee or the Proposed  Transferee's  agent
concerning  availability  of  space in the  Building,  at any  time  within  the
preceding nine months, or (vi) Landlord  otherwise  determines that the proposed
Transfer  would  have the  effect of  decreasing  the value of the  Building  or
increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the
Property.  In no event may Tenant publicly offer or advertise all or any portion
of the  Premises  for  assignment  or  sublease  at a rental less than that then
sought by Landlord for a direct lease  (non-sublease) of comparable space in the
Project.

14.3 Excess  Consideration.  If Landlord consents to the Transfer,  Tenant shall
pay to  Landlord  as  additional  rent,  within ten (10) days  after  receipt by
Tenant,  any  consideration  paid by any transferee (the  "Transferee")  for the
Transfer, including, in the case of a sublease, the excess of the rent and other
consideration  payable  by the  subtenant  over  the  amount  of Base  Rent  and
Additional Rent payable hereunder applicable to the subleased space.

14.4 No Release Of Tenant.  No consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall relieve
Tenant of any  obligation  to be performed  by Tenant under this Lease,  whether
occurring  before  or  after  such  consent,  assignment,  subletting  or  other
Transfer. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and
Tenant  shall be jointly  and  severally  liable with each  Transferee)  for the
payment of rent (or, in the case of a sublease,  rent in the amount set forth in
the sublease) and for the  performance of all other terms and provisions of this
Lease.  The consent by Landlord to any Transfer  shall not relieve Tenant or any
such Transferee from the obligation to obtain  Landlord's  express prior written
consent to any subsequent  Transfer by Tenant or any Transferee.  The acceptance
of rent by  Landlord  from any other  person  (whether  or not such person is an
occupant of the Premises)  shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any
provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any  Transfer.  

14.5 Expenses and  Attorneys'  Fees.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand all
costs and expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees) incurred by Landlord
in connection with


                                      127
<PAGE>

reviewing or  consenting  to any proposed  Transfer  (including  any request for
consent to, or any waiver of Landlord's  rights in connection with, any security
interest in any of Tenant's  property at the Premises).  

14.6  Effectiveness  of  Transfer.  Prior  to the date on  which  any  permitted
Transfer (whether or not requiring Landlord's consent) becomes effective, Tenant
shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of the frilly executed Transfer document
and  Landlord's  standard  form of Consent to  Assignment or Consent to Sublease
executed by Tenant and the Transferee in which each of Tenant and the Transferee
confirms  its  obligations  pursuant  to this  Lease.  Failure  or  refusal of a
Transferee  to execute any such  instrument  shall not release or discharge  the
Transferee  from liability as provided  herein.  The  voluntary,  involuntary or
other  surrender of this Lease by Tenant,  or a mutual  cancellation by Landlord
and Tenant,  shall not work a merger,  and any such  surrender  or  cancellation
shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases
or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases.

14.7 Landlord's Right to Space.  Notwithstanding  any of the above provisions of
this Section to the  contrary,  if Tenant  notifies  Landlord that it desires to
enter into a Transfer,  Landlord,  in lieu of consenting to such  Transfer,  may
elect (x) in the case of an assignment or a sublease of the entire Premises,  to
terminate  this Lease,  or (y) in the case of a sublease of less than the entire
Premises,  to  terminate  this Lease as it relates to the space  proposed  to be
subleased  by Tenant.  In such event,  this Lease will  terminate  (or the space
proposed to be subleased will be removed from the Premises subject to this Lease
and the Base Rent and Tenant's  Share under this Lease shall be  proportionately
reduced) on the date the Transfer was proposed to be effective, and Landlord may
lease such space to any party,  including the prospective  Transferee identified
by Tenant.

14.8  Assignment of Sublease  Rents.  Tenant hereby  absolutely and  irrevocably
assigns to Landlord any and all rights to receive  rent and other  consideration
from any sublease and agrees that Landlord,  as assignee or as  attorney-in-fact
for Tenant for purposes hereof, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord's
application  may (but shall not be  obligated  to) collect  such rents and other
consideration  and apply the same toward Tenant's  obligations to Landlord under
this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord grants to Tenant at all times prior
to occurrence of any breach or default by Tenant a revocable  license to collect
such rents  (which  license  shall  automatically  and without  notice be and be
deemed  to have  been  revoked  and  terminated  immediately  upon any  Event of
Default).

15. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.  

15.1 Events of Default.  The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute
an "Event of Default" by Tenant:

(a) Tenant fails to make any payment of rent when due, or any amount required to
replenish  the  security  deposit as provided in Section 4 above,  if payment in
frill is not  received by Landlord  within three (3) days after  written  notice
that it is due.

(b) Tenant abandons the Premises.

(c)  Tenant  fails  timely  to  deliver  any  subordination  document,  estoppel
certificate or financial  statement  requested by Landlord within the applicable
time  period  specified  in  Sections  20 -  Encumbrances  - and  21 -  Estoppel
Certificates  and  Financial   Statements   -below.   

(d)  Tenant  violates  the  restrictions  on  Transfer  set forth in  Section 14
- -Assignment and Subletting.

(e) Tenant ceases doing business as a going concern; makes an assignment for the
benefit of creditors; is adjudicated an insolvent, files a petition (or files an
answer  admitting the material  allegations of a petition)  seeking relief under
any under any state or federal  bankruptcy or other  statute,  law or regulation
affecting  creditors'  rights;  all or substantially  all of Tenant's assets are
subject to judicial  seizure or attachment and are not released  within 30 days,
or Tenant consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or
liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant's assets.

                                      128
<PAGE>

(f)  Tenant  fails,  within  ninety  (90)  days  after the  commencement  of any
proceedings  against Tenant seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy
or other statute,  law or regulation  affecting  creditors' rights, to have such
proceedings  dismissed,  or Tenant  fails,  within  ninety  (90)  days  after an
appointment,  without Tenant's consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver
or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial  part of Tenant's assets,
to have such appointment vacated.

(g) Tenant  fails to perform or comply  with any  provision  of this Lease other
than those  described  in (a)  through  (f) above,  and does not fully cure such
failure  within  fifteen  (15) days after  notice to Tenant or, if such  failure
cannot be cured within such fifteen  (15)-day  period,  Tenant fails within such
fifteen (15)-day period to commence, and thereafter diligently proceed with, all
actions necessary to cure such failure as soon as reasonably possible but in all
events  within  ninety  (90) days of such  notice;  provided,  however,  that if
Landlord in Landlord's  reasonable  judgment determines that such failure cannot
or will not be cured by Tenant  within such ninety (90) days,  then such failure
shall constitute an Event of Default immediately upon such notice to Tenant.

15.2 Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,  Landlord shall have
the following remedies, which shall not be exclusive but shall be cumulative and
shall be in addition to any other remedies now or hereafter allowed by law.

(a) Landlord may terminate  Tenant's  right to possession of the Premises at any
time by written  notice to Tenant.  Tenant  expressly  acknowledges  that in the
absence  of such  written  notice  from  Landlord,  no  other  act of  Landlord,
including re-entry into the Premises,  efforts to relet the Premises,  reletting
of the Premises for Tenant's account,  storage of Tenant's personal property and
Trade  Fixtures,  acceptance  of keys to the Premises from Tenant or exercise of
any other rights and remedies under this Section, shall constitute an acceptance
of Tenant's  surrender of the Premises or constitute a termination of this Lease
or of Tenant's  right to possession of the Premises.  Upon such  termination  in
writing of Tenant's  right to possession of the  Premises,  as herein  provided,
this Lease shall  terminate  and Landlord  shall be entitled to recover  damages
from Tenant as provided in any  applicable  existing or future Law providing for
recovery of damages for such breach, including the worth at the time of award of
the amount by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant  hereunder for the
remainder  of the  Term  after  the  date of the  award  of  damages,  including
Additional Rent as reasonably estimated by Landlord,  exceeds the amount of such
rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably  avoided,  discounted at
the discount  rate  published by the Federal  Reserve Bank of San  Francisco for
member banks at the time of the award plus one percent (1%).

(b)  Landlord  shall have the remedy  described in  applicable  law Landlord may
continue this Lease in effect after Tenant's  breach and abandonment and recover
rent as it becomes  due,  if Tenant  has the right to sublet or assign,  subject
only to reasonable limitations).

(c) Landlord may cure the Event of Default at Tenant's expense. If Landlord pays
any sum or incurs  any  expense  in curing the Event of  Default,  Tenant  shall
reimburse  Landlord  upon demand for the amount of such  payment or expense with
interest  at the  Interest  Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is
incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

(d)  Landlord  may remove all  Tenant's  property  from the  Premises,  and such
property  may be stored by Landlord in a public  warehouse  or  elsewhere at the
sole cost and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to store any
or all of Tenant's  property  left in the  Premises,  Landlord may consider such
property to be abandoned by Tenant,  and Landlord may thereupon  dispose of such
property in any manner deemed appropriate by Landlord.  Any proceeds realized by
Landlord on the disposal of any such  property  shall be applied first to offset
all expenses of storage and sale,  then credited  against  Tenant's  outstanding
obligations  to Landlord  under this  Lease,  and any  balance  remaining  after
satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered to
Tenant.

16. LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST. 

                                      129
<PAGE>

16.1 Late Charge.  If any payment of rent is not received by Landlord  when due,
Tenant  shall pay to Landlord on demand as a late  charge an  additional  amount
equal to four  percent (4%) of the overdue  payment.  A late charge shall not be
imposed  more than once on any  particular  installment  not paid when due,  but
imposition  of a late charge on any payment not made when due does not eliminate
or supersede late charges imposed on other (prior) payments not made when due or
preclude  imposition of a late charge on other installments or payments not made
when due.

16.2  Interest.  In addition to the late  charges  referred to above,  which are
intended to defray  Landlord's  costs resulting from late payments,  any payment
from  Tenant  to  Landlord  not paid when due shall at  Landlord's  option  bear
interest  from the date due  until  paid to  Landlord  by  Tenant at the rate of
fifteen  percent  (15%) per annum or the maximum  lawful rate that  Landlord may
charge to Tenant under applicable laws, whichever is less (the "Interest Rate").
Acceptance of any late charge and/or  interest  shall not constitute a waiver of
Tenant's  default  with  respect to the  overdue  sum or prevent  Landlord  from
exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

17.  WAIVER.  No  provisions  of this Lease  shall be deemed  waived by Landlord
unless such waiver is in a writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of
any breach of any  provision  of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such
provision or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this
Lease.  No delay or omission in the  exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord
upon any default by Tenant  shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as
a waiver.  Landlord's  acceptance  of any  payments of rent due under this Lease
shall  not be  deemed a  waiver  of any  default  by  Tenant  under  this  Lease
(including  Tenant's  recurrent  failure to timely pay rent) other than Tenant's
nonpayment of the accepted sums, and no endorsement or statement on any check or
payment or in any letter or document  accompanying any check or payment shall be
deemed an accord and satisfaction.  Landlord's consent to or approval of any act
by Tenant requiring  Landlord's  consent or approval shall not be deemed to waiv
or render unnecessary Landlord's consent to or approval of any subsequent act by
Tenant.

18. ENTRY,  INSPECTION AND CLOSURE.  Upon  reasonable  oral or written notice to
Tenant  (and  without  notice  in  emergencies),  Landlord  and  its  authorized
representatives may enter the Premises at all reasonable times to: (a) determine
whether the Premises are in good  condition,  (b)  determine  whether  Tenant is
complying with its obligations  under this Lease, (c) perform any maintenance or
repair of the Premises or the Building that Landlord has the right or obligation
to perform, (d) install or repair improvements for other tenants where access to
the Premises is required for such  installation  or repair,  (e) serve,  post or
keep posted any notices  required or allowed under the provisions of this Lease,
(D show the  Premises  to  prospective  brokers,  agents,  buyers,  transferees,
Mortgagees or tenants, or (g) do any other act or thing necessary for the safety
or  preservation  of the Premises or the  Building.  When  reasonably  necessary
Landlord may temporarily close entrances,  doors, corridors,  elevators or other
facilities  in the  Building  without  liability  to  Tenant  by  reason of such
closure.  Landlord shall conduct its  activities  under this Section in a manner
that will minimize  inconvenience to Tenant without incurring additional expense
to  Landlord.  In no event shall  Tenant be entitled to an  abatement of rent on
account of any entry by Landlord, and Landlord shall not be liable in any manner
for any  inconvenience,  loss of  business  or other  damage  to Tenant or other
persons arising Out of Landlord's  entry on the Premises in accordance with this
Section.  No action by Landlord  pursuant to this paragraph shall  constitute an
eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of
rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant's
obligations under this Lease. 

19 SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER.

19.1 Surrender.  Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease,  Tenant shall
surrender the Premises and all Tenant  Improvements  and Alterations to Landlord
broom-clean  and in their original  condition,  except for  reasonable  wear and
tear,  damage from  casualty or  condemnation  and any  changes  resulting  from
approved  Alterations;  provided,  however,  that  prior  to the  expiration  or
termination  of this Lease Tenant shall remove all  telephone  and other cabling
installed  in the  Building by Tenant and remove from the  Premises all Tenant's
personal  property and any Trade Fixtures and all Alterations  that Landlord has

                                      130
<PAGE>

elected  to  require  Tenant to  remove  as  provided  in  Section  6.1 - Tenant
Improvements  &  Alterations,  and repair any damage caused by such removal.  If
such removal is not completed  before the expiration or termination of the Term,
Landlord shall have the right (but no obligation) to remove the same, and Tenant
shall pay  Landlord on demand for all costs of removal  and storage  thereof and
for the rental  value of the  Premises  for the period  from the end of the Term
through the end of the time reasonably required for such removal. Landlord shall
also have the right to retain or dispose of all or any portion of such  property
if Tenant does not pay all such costs and retrieve the property  within ten (10)
days after  notice from  Landlord  (in which  event  title to all such  property
described in Landlord's  notice shall be  transferred  to and vest in Landlord).
Tenant  waives  all  Claims  against  Landlord  for any damage or loss to Tenant
resulting from Landlord's  removal,  storage,  retention,  or disposition of any
such  property.  Upon  expiration  or  termination  of this Lease or of Tenant's
possession,  whichever  is  earliest,  Tenant  shall  surrender  all keys to the
Premises or any other part of the  Building  and shall  deliver to Landlord  all
keys for or make  known  to  Landlord  the  combination  of locks on all  safes,
cabinets and vaults that may be located in the  Premises.  Tenant's  obligations
under this Section shall survive the  expiration or  termination  of this Lease.

19.2  Holding  Over.  If Tenant  (directly  or through any  Transferee  or other
successor-in-interest of Tenant) remains in possession of the Premises after the
expiration or termination of this Lease,  Tenant's continued possession shall be
on the basis of a tenancy at the  sufferance of Landlord.  No act or omission by
Landlord,  other than its specific written consent,  shall constitute permission
for Tenant to continue in  possession  of the  Premises,  and if such consent is
given or declared to have been given by court  judgment,  Landlord may terminate
Tenant's  holdover  tenancy at any time upon seven (7) days written  notice.  In
such event,  Tenant  shall  continue to comply with or perform all the terms and
obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the monthly Base Rent during
Tenant's  holding  over  shall be twice the Base Rent  payable in the last frill
month prior to the termination  hereof Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such
termination  shall not  constitute  a renewal or  extension  of this Lease;  and
nothing contained in this provision shall be deemed to waive Landlord's right of
re-entry or any other right hereunder or at law. Tenant shall indemnify,  defend
and hold  Landlord  harmless  from and against all Claims  arising or  resulting
directly or indirectly from Tenant's  failure to timely  surrender the Premises,
including (i) any rent payable by or any loss,  cost, or damages  claimed by any
prospective  tenant of the Premises,  and (ii) Landlord's damages as a result of
such  prospective  tenant  rescinding  o refusing to enter into the  prospective
lease of the  Premises  by  reason  of such  failure  to  timely  surrender  the
Premises.

20 ENCUMBRANCES

20.1 Subordination.  This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any
mortgage,  deed of trust,  ground lease,  underlying  lease or like  encumbrance
affecting any part of the Property or any interest of Landlord  therein which is
now  existing  or  hereafter  executed or  recorded  ("Encumbr3nce");  provided,
however,  that  such  subordination  shall  only  be  effective,  as  to  future
Encumbrances,  if the holder of the  Encumbrance  agrees  that this Lease  shall
survive the  termination  of the  Encumbrance  by lapse o time,  foreclosure  or
otherwise  so long as Tenant is not in default  under this Lease.  Provided  the
conditions of the  preceding  sentence are  satisfied,  Tenant shall execute and
deliver to  Landlord,  within ten (10) days after  written  request  therefor by
Landlord  and  in a  form  reasonably  requested  by  Landlord,  any  additional
documents  evidencing the  subordination  of this Lease with respect to any such
Encumbrance  and  the  nondisturbance  agreement  of  the  holder  of  any  such
Encumbrance. If the interest of Landlord in the Property is transferred pursuant
to or in lieu of proceedings  for enforcement of any  Encumbrance,  Tenant shall
immediately  and  automatically  attorn to the new owner,  and this Lease  shall
continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the  transferee  and
Tenant on the terms and  conditions  set  forth in this  Lease.  

20.2 Mortgagee  Protection.  Tenant agrees to give any holder of any Encumbrance
covering any part of the Property  ("Mortgagee"),  by registered mail, a copy of
any notice of default served upon  Landlord,  provided that prior to such notice
Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and
leases,  or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee.  If Landlord shall have
failed to cure such default  within thirty (30) days from the effective  date of


                                      131
<PAGE>

such notice of default,  then the Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30)
days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within
that time,  then such  additional  time as may be necessary to cure such default
(including  the  time   necessary  to  foreclose  or  otherwise   terminate  its
Encumbrance,  if  necessary  to effect such  cure),  and this Lease shall not be
terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently  pursued.  

21. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

21.1 Estoppel Certificates. Within ten (10) days after written request therefor,
Tenant  shall  execute  and  deliver  to  Landlord,  in a  form  provided  by or
satisfactory to Landlord,  a certificate stating that this Lease is in ill force
and effect,  describing any amendments or  modifications  hereto,  acknowledging
that this Lease is subordinate or prior,  as the case may be, to any Encumbrance
and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the
Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of
any security deposit or prepaid rent,  whether either party hereto is in default
under  the  terms  of  the  Lease,   and  whether  Landlord  has  completed  its
construction  obligations  hereunder (if any). Tenant  irrevocably  constitutes,
appoints and authorizes Landlord as Tenant's special  attorney-in-fact  for such
purpose to complete, execute and deliver such certificate if Tenant fails timely
to execute and deliver such  certificate as provided above. Any person or entity
purchasing,  acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the
Property shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to
deliver such certificate  within ten (10) days after  Landlord's  second written
request therefor, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by
Landlord  including  any profits or other  benefits  from any  financing  of the
Property or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result,
directly  or  indirectly,  of Tenant'  failure  or refusal to timely  execute or
deliver such estoppel certificate.

21.2 Financial Statements.  Within ten (10) days after written request therefor,
but not more than once a year,  Tenant  shall  deliver to Landlord a copy of the
financial  statements  (including  at  least  a year  end  balance  sheet  and a
statement  of profit  and loss) of Tenant  (and of each  guarantor  of  Tenant's
obligations  under this  Lease) for each of the three  most  recently  completed
years,  prepared in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles
(and, if such is Tenant's normal practice,  audited by an independent  certified
public accountant),  all then available subsequent interim statements,  and such
other  financial  information  as may  reasonably  be  requested  by Landlord or
required by any Mortgagee.  

22. NOTICES. Any notice, demand, request,  consent or approval that either party
desires or is  required  to give to the other party under this Lease shall be in
writing  and shall be served  personally,  delivered  by  messenger  or  courier
service,  or sent by U.S.  certified  mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage
prepaid,  addressed  to the other party at the  party's  address for notices set
forth in the Basic Lease  Information.  Any notice required pursuant to any Laws
may be incorporated  into, given  concurrently with or given separately from any
notice required under this Lease. Notices shall be deemed to have been given and
be  effective on the earlier of (a) receipt (or refusal of delivery or receipt);
or (b) one (1) day after acceptance by the independent service for delivery,  if
sent by  independent  messenger  or  courier  service,  or three (3) days  after
mailing if sent by mail in accordance with this Section. Either party may change
its address for notices  hereunder,  effective fifteen (15) days after notice to
the other party  complying  with this Section.  If Tenant  sublets the Premises,
notices from Landlord  shall be effective on the subtenant  when given to Tenant
pursuant to this Section.

23.  ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in
any way  related  to this  Lease,  the  non-prevailing  party  shall  pay to the
prevailing  party all reasonable  attorneys'  fees and costs and expenses of any
type  incurred  by the  prevailing  party  in  connection  with  any  action  or
proceeding  (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award),
whether or not the dispute is litigated or  prosecuted  to final  judgment.  The
"prevailing  party" shall be determined based upon a assessment of which party's
major arguments or positions  taken in the action or proceeding  could fairly be
said to have prevailed  (whether by compromise,  settlement,  abandonment by the
other party of its claim or  defense,  final  decision,  after any  appeals,  or
otherwise) over the other party's major arguments or positions on major disputed
issues.


                                      132
<PAGE>

24. QUIET POSSESSION.  Subject to Tenant's full and timely performance of all of
Tenant's  obligations  under this Lease and  subject to the terms of this Lease,
including  Section 20  -Encumbrances,  Tenant shall have the quiet possession of
the  Premises  throughout  the Term as against any persons or entities  lawfully
claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25.  SECURITY  MEASURES.  Landlord  may,  but shall be under no  obligation  to,
implement security measures for the Property, such as the registration or search
of all persons entering or leaving the Building,  requiring  identification  for
access to the Building,  evacuation of the Building for cause,  suspected cause,
or for drill purposes,  the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building
or  elevator   access  and  other  actions  that  Landlord  deems  necessary  or
appropriate  to prevent any threat of property loss or damage,  bodily injury or
business   interruption;   provided,   however,  that  such  measures  shall  be
implemented  in  a  way  as  not  to  inconvenience   tenants  of  the  Building
unreasonably.  If Landlord  uses an access  card  system,  Landlord  may require
Tenant to pay  Landlord a deposit  for each  after-hours  Building  access  card
issued to Tenant, in the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant
shall be responsible  for any loss,  theft or breakage of any such cards,  which
must be returned by Tenant to Landlord upon expiration or earlier termination of
the  Lease.  Landlord  may  retain  the  deposit  for any card not so  returned.
Landlord  shall at all times have the right to change,  alter or reduce any such
security services or measures. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause
Tenant's  Representatives  and  Visitors  to  cooperate  and comply  with,  such
security measures. Landlord, its agents and employees shall have no liability to
Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors for the implementation or exercise of,
or the failure to implement or exercise,  any such security  measures or for any
resulting disturbance of Tenant's use or enjoyment of the Premises.

26.  FORCE  MAJEURE.  If Landlord  is delayed,  interrupted  or  prevented  from
performing any of its  obligations  under this Lease,  including its obligations
under  the  Construction  Rider  (if  any),  and  such  delay,  interruption  or
prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, labor
dispute, unavailability of materials or any cause outside the reasonable control
of  Landlord,  then the time for  performance  of the  affected  obligations  of
Landlord  shall be extended for a period  equivalent t the period of such delay,
interruption or prevention.

27.  RULES AND  REGULATIONS.  Tenant shall be bound by and shall comply with the
rules and regulations  attached to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit C to
the extent  those rules and  regulations  are not in conflict  with the terms of
this Lease, as well as any reasonable rules and regulations hereafter adopted by
Landlord  for all  tenants  of the  Building,  upon  notice  to  Tenant  thereof
(collectively,  the "Building  Rules").  Landlord  shall not be  responsible  to
Tenant or to any other person for any violation  of, or failure to observe,  the
Building Rules by any other tenant or other person.  

28. LANDLORD'S LIABILITY. The term "Landlord," as used in this Lease, shall mean
only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in  question.  In the event
of any conveyance of title to the Building, then from and after the date of such
conveyance,  the  transferor  Landlord  shall be relieved of all liability  with
respect to  Landlord's  obligations  to be performed  under this Lease after the
date of such  conveyance.  Notwithstanding  any other term or  provision of this
Lease, the liability of Landlord for it obligations  under this Lease is limited
solely to Landlord's  interest in the Building as the same may from time to time
be  encumbered,  and no  personal  liability  shall at any time be  asserted  or
enforceable  against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord's partners
or  members  or  its  or  their  respective  partners,  shareholders,   members,
directors,  officers or managers on account of any of Landlord's  obligations or
actions under this Lease.

29. CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.

29.1 Determination in Good Faith.  Wherever the consent,  approval,  judgment or
determination  of Landlord is required or permitted  under this Lease,  Landlord
may exercise its good faith business  judgment in granting or  withholding  such
consent  or  approval  or in  making  such  judgment  or  determination  without
reference  to any  extrinsic  standard of  reasonableness,  unless the  specific
provision contained in this Lease providing for such consent, approval, judgment


                                      133
<PAGE>

or  determination  specifies  that  Landlord's  consent or approval is not to be
unreasonably  withheld,  or  that  such  judgment  or  determination  is  to  be
reasonable,  or  otherwise  specifies  the  standards  under which  Landlord may
withhold its  consent.  If it is  determined  that  Landlord  failed to give its
consent  where  it was  required  to do so under  this  Lease,  Tenant  shall be
entitled to injunctive  relief but shall not to be entitled to monetary  damages
or to  terminate  this  Lease for such  failure.  

29.2 No Liability Imposed on Landlord. The review and/or approval by Landlord of
any item or matter to be reviewed  or  approved  by Landlord  under the terms of
this Lease or any Exhibits or Addenda  hereto shall not impose upon Landlord any
liability  for the  accuracy  or  sufficiency  of any such item or matter or the
quality or  suitability  of such item for its  intended  use. Any such review or
approval  is for the sole  purpose  of  protecting  Landlord's  interest  in the
Property,  and no third parties,  including  Tenant or the  Representatives  and
Visitors of Tenant or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant,
shall have any rights as a consequence thereof

30.  BROKERS.  Landlord shall pay the fee or commission of the broker or brokers
identified in the Basic Lease  Information  (the  "Broker") in  accordance  with
Landlord's  separate written  agreement with the Broker, if any. Tenant warrants
and  represents  to  Landlord  that in the  negotiating  or making of this Lease
neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant's behalf has dealt with any broker or
finder who might be  entitled to a fee or  commission  for this Lease other than
the Broker.  Tenant shall indemnify and hol Landlord  harmless from any claim or
claims,  including  costs,  expenses and  attorney's  fees  incurred by Landlord
asserted by any other  broker or finder for a fee or  commission  based upon any
dealings with or statements made by Tenant or Tenant's Representatives.

31.  RELOCATION OF PREMISES.  For the purpose of  maintaining  an economical and
proper  distribution of tenants  acceptable to Landlord  throughout the Project,
Landlord  shall have the right from time to time during the Term to relocate the
Premises  within the Project,  provided that (a) the rentable and usable area of
the new Premises is of equivalent  size to the existing  Premises,  subject to a
variation  of up to ten  percent  (10%),  (b)  Landlord  shall  pay the  cost of
providing tenant improvements in the new Premises,  which shall be substantially
comparable in layout to those in the existing  Premises,  and (c) Landlord shall
pay  reasonable  costs (to the  extent  such costs are  submitted  in writing to
Landlord  and  approved  in  writing by  Landlord  prior to such move) of moving
Tenant's  Trade  Fixtures and personal  property to the new  Premises.  Landlord
shall deliver to Tenant  written  notice of Landlord's  election to relocate the
Premises,  specifying the new location and the amount of rent payable  therefor,
at least sixty (60) days prior to the date the relocation is to be effective.

32.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Lease,  including  the  Exhibits  and any Addenda
attached hereto,  and the documents  referred to herein, if any,  constitute the
entire  agreement  between  Landlord  and Tenant with  respect to the leasing of
space by Tenant in the  Building,  and  supersede  all prior or  contemporaneous
agreements,  understandings,  proposals and other  representations by or between
Landlord and Tenant,  whether  written or oral,  all of which are merged herein.
Neither  Landlord  nor  Landlord's  agents  have  made  an   representations  or
warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Project or this Lease
except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses shall
be acquired by Tenant by  implication  or otherwise  unless  expressly set forth
herein.  The  submission of this Lease for  examination  does not  constitute an
option for the  Premises  and this Lease  shall  become  effective  as a binding
agreement  only upon execution and delivery  thereof by Landlord to Tenant.  

33. MISCELLANEOUS. This Lease may not be amended or modified except by a writing
signed by Landlord and Tenant. Subject to Section 14 - Assignment and Subletting
and Section 28 - Landlord's Liability,  this Lease shall be binding on and shall
inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, assigns and
legal representatives. The determination that any provisions hereof may be void,
invalid,  illegal or unenforceable  shall not impair any other provisions hereof
and all such  other  provisions  of this  Lease  shall  remain in full force and
effect. The unenforceability,  invalidity or illegality of any provision of this
Lease under particular circumstances shall not render unenforceable,  invalid or


                                      134
<PAGE>

illegal  other  provisions  of this Lease,  or the same  provisions  under other
circumstances.  This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with
the laws  (excluding  conflict  of laws  principles)  of the  State in which the
Building  is  located.  The  provisions  of this  Lease  shall be  construed  in
accordance  with the fair meaning of the language used and shall not be strictly
construed  against  either  party,  even if such party  drafted the provision in
question.  When required by the context of this Lease, the singular includes the
plural.  Wherever  the  term  "including"  is used in this  Lease,  it  shall be
interpreted  as meaning  "including,  but not  limited to" the matter or matters
thereafter enumerated.  The captions contained in this Lease are for purposes of
convenience  only and are not to be used to interpret or construe this Lease. If
more  than  one  person  or  entity  is  identified  as  Tenant  hereunder,  the
obligations of each and all of them under this Lease shall be joint and several.
Time is of the essence with respect to this Lease,  except as to the  conditions
relating  to the  delivery of  possession  of the  Premises  to Tenant.  Neither
Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease.

34.  AUTHORITY.  If  Tenant is a  corporation,  partnership,  limited  liability
company or other form of business  entity,  each of the persons  executing  this
Lease on  behalf  of  Tenant  warrants  and  represents  that  Tenant  is a duly
organized and validly existing entity,  that Tenant has full right and authority
to enter  into this Lease and that the  persons  signing on behalf of Tenant are
authorized  to do so and have the  power to bind  Tenant to this  Lease.  Tenant
shall provide  Landlord upon request with evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to
Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease as of the
date first above written.

TENANT:
Envision Career Services, LLC dba The Murdock Group

By: /s/KC Holmes; Title: CEO

By: /s/Heather Stone; Title: President

LANDLORD

5300 South Associates, LLC, a California limited liability company

By: Opportunity Capital Partners HI, LLC, a California limited liability company

By: /s/ Authorized Signatory


                                      135


                                  Exhibit 99.3


                             Stanford Stoddard Smith
                              1893 Maple View Drive
                              Bountiful, Utah 84010
                                 (801) 295-1444

November 23, 1998
Board of Directors
The Murdock Group Career Satisfaction Corporation
5295 South Commerce Drive, Suite 400
Salt Lake City, Utah 84107

Re: Opinion  of Counsel  Respecting  Broker-Dealer  Status of  Company  Officers
    Selling Shares on Behalf of Selling Shareholders

Dear Directors:

You have  requested  my opinion  as to whether  officers  and  directors  of The
Murdock Group Career Satisfaction Corporation (the "company") who sell shares of
the  company on behalf of selling  security  holders in the  company's  proposed
public  offering of shares,  are broker or dealers as defined in the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act"). 

For the reasons set forth below, and based upon my investigation of such law and
fact as I deemed necessary to render the following opinion, I conclude that they
are not.

Sec. 3(a) of the Exchange Act defines "broker" and "dealer" as follows:

(4) The term  "broker"  means any person  engaged in the  business of  effecting
transactions  in  securities  for the account of others,  but does not include a
bank.

(5) The term  "dealer"  means any person  engaged in the  business of buying and
selling securities for his own account,  through a broker or otherwise, but does
not include a bank, or any person insofar as he buys or sells securities for his
own account,  either  individually or in some fiduciary  capacity,  but not as a
part of a regular business. (Emphasis added.)

"The phrase  'engaged in the business' of effecting  transactions  in securities
contained  in the  definition  of  'broker'  and  'dealer'  connotes  a  certain
regularity of participation in purchasing and selling securities...." (CCH-ANNO,
FSLR P. 21,151.26,  citing UFITEC, S. A. v. Carter (Cal. Sup. Ct. 1977), 142 Cal
Rptr 279, '77-'78 CCH Dec. P. 96,252.)

Based upon the facts you have  provided to me, it appears that company  officers
who will sell the shares owned by selling  shareholders  are not "engaged in the
business of effecting  transactions in securities for the account of others" and
are  therefore  beyond the ambit of the  statutory  definitions  of "broker  and
dealer." Each has substantial duties for the issuer otherwise than in connection
with transactions in securities.  

Each officer  complies with the  requirements of Rule 3a4-1 (a) adopted pursuant
to the  Exchange  Act.  While it can be  argued  that  this  rule's  phrase  "An
associated  person of an issuer of securities shall not be deemed to be a broker


                                      136
<PAGE>
solely by  reason  of his  participation  in the sale of the  ecurities  of such
issuer" does not explicitly  embrace securities of the issuer which are owned by
selling shareholders, this rule is a non-exclusive safe harbor.

The definitions of "broker" and "dealer" appear to be well settled,  and
are used by Congress in both the 1940 Investment Company and Investment Advisors
Acts.  Efforts  to expand  the plain  meaning of the  statutory  definitions  of
"broker" and "dealer" in the Exchange Act have been rejected.  (US. CT. APP. DC,
86-87 CCH Dec., FSLR P. 92,975,  American Bankers  Association v. Securities and
Exchange Commission, Nov. 4, 1986) 

Accordingly,  in my view company  officers will not be acting as  broker-dealers
solely by reason of selling shares of the company on behalf of selling  security
holder in these circumstances.

                                                     Kind regards,
                                                     /s/ Stanford S. Smith
                                                     ---------------------
                                                     Stanford S. Smith

                                      137


                                  Exhibit 99.4




            Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

                                30-Sep-98


                   Description                              Amount
Fixed Charges:
Interest Expensed                                                 702,864
Interest Capitalized
Premiums, discounts etc. for debt.
Interest within rental expense
Total Fixed Charges                                               702,864

Earnings:
Pretax income from Cont. Operations                            (3,371,294)
Fixed Charges                                                     702,864
Amortization of Capitalized Interest
Less:
Interest Capitalized

Net Earnings                                                   (2,457,649)

Net Earnings/Fixed Charges                                       (3.50):1


                                      138


                                  Exhibit 23.3



                             David T. Thomson, P.C.
                           Certified Public Accountant




                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT




To the Board of Directors
The Murdock Group Career Satisfaction Corporation

I have issued my report dated  September  16, 1998,  accompanying  the financial
statements of The Murdock Group Career Satisfaction  Corporation included in the
Registration Statement Form SB-2 and the related prospectus.

I  consent  to  the  use of my  report,  as  stated  above  in the  Registration
Statement. I also consent to the use of my name in the statement with respect to
me as appearing under the heading "Experts" in the Registration Statement.


 David T. Thomson P.C.
 /s/David T. Thomson P.C.
 ------------------------
 Salt Lake City, Utah
 November 24, 1998






               P.O. Box 57l605, Murray, Utah 84157 / (801)966-9481


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   SEP-30-1998
<CASH>                                                1968
<SECURITIES>                                             0
<RECEIVABLES>                                       993056
<ALLOWANCES>                                        185000
<INVENTORY>                                              0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                   1182090
<PP&E>                                              780043
<DEPRECIATION>                                      120030
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                     2427848
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                              4851495
<BONDS>                                             240000
                                    0
                                              0
<COMMON>                                            502118
<OTHER-SE>                                        (5299591)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                       2427848
<SALES>                                                  0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                   1428308
<CGS>                                                    0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                      3600290
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                   1099412
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                    419348
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                       0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                   (3271394)
<INCOME-TAX>                                             0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                               (3271394)
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                      (3271394)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        (0.36)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        (0.36)
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission